Home

Nissan 2009 Titan Automobile User Manual

1. 005 4 2 How to use the touch screen 4 3 How to select menus on the screen 4 5 How to use the INFO button 4 4 5 How to use the SETTING button 4 6 oR EE 4 12 RearView Monitor if so equipped 05 4 13 How to read the displayed lines 4 13 Difference between predicted and actual CISIANCES sccyewiduderusecoatsecgnenutewes heeeu 4 14 Adjusting the SCreen 0c eee eee 4 17 Operating IPS rer senres panenna nte E eee cand 4 17 NGNES ETETE T L E E EE E E EET 4 18 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 19 Automatic operation 0 0 c eee 4 20 Manual OCI ANON aresscccedtiddoecere oad bated 4 20 Operating UDSixs cacancapednee natasuna canes 4 21 Servicing air CONCHIONCE occu weiseuntveeeheeacee wes 4 22 Audio Systemi si cecee ted cdy ce veawetes ees ce sees tae 4 22 ni e 2catecoose cag ceteneacseeecanwaicaere eas 4 22 FM radio reception 2c lt n42 acenduwexueedeeete wes 4 22 AM radio reception 220 eeneeceeniukesdeeeetese 4 23 Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautionS 00 00ee FM AM radio with compact disc CD player f so GQUID DEG ng oe utcctacivdwsctsceeadedceses FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped 000 cece eee eee FM AM SAT radio with CD DVD player if so equipped n nce weecieutenaeew mentees D
2. P 2 15 11 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 12 Glove box P 2 38 C XH 13 Navigation system if so equipped ee P 4 2 14 Heater and air conditioner P 4 19 15 Shift selector P 5 11 16 Covered storage box P 2 39 17 Audio system controls P 4 22 18 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 23 171615 14 16 19 Vehicle information display controls P 2 18 90 Hood release P 3 18 21 NISSAN Intelligent Key port P 3 2 Trunk opener P 3 18 1 Vents P 4 18 4 Meters and gauges P 2 3 moe 2 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 29 5 Driver supplemental air bag horn eter to pathy a ii 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control P 1 34 2 33 ais Manuali co SAUPPSA if so equipped Bluetooth Hands free 6 Cruise control main set switch See the page number indicated in paren Phone System if so equipped P 5 15 theses for operating details P 4 82 4 86 2 2 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer 3 Change button Power meter 6 Vehicle Information Display Speedometer Fuel gauge High voltage battery status meter Odometer twin trip odometer trip com puter aa ei Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed
3. 02002e eee eee eee 3 22 TROD CratlON aire see Er veneers e 3 22 Telescopic operation 000 c cee eee eee eee 3 23 Oui o 2scastuacetseauwesaraseese seeenece cee 3 23 Vamy IMT ORS aa ciet ee een ache teed ae eee aes 3 24 MIM O S 2ceincevetetay dees caycseece cei enccaneee aes 3 24 Rearview mirror if so equipped 6005 3 24 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped cc eccedeueddiamerederveetaeys 3 24 GQuiside MNOS sissasscrie reiron s PATLE SR NEPER 3 25 KEYS 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Key which are registered to your vehicle s Intelli gent Key components and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System components 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle I
4. Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroot INTERIOR LIGHT ON DOOR OFF 000 The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior light illuminates regardless of door position The light will go off after 30 minutes unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the center DOOR position the front and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following con ditions Driver s door is opened Lights remain on for a maximum of 30 seconds after driver s door is closed The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or the driver s door is closed and locked The lights will also go off after 30 minutes when doors are open When the switch is in the OFF position the interior light does not illuminate regard less of door position NOTE The doorstep lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are opened re gardless of the interior light switch posi tion These lights will turn off automatically after 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent
5. Track number displays the track number se lected on the disc Track time displays the amount of time the track has played Album title displays the title of the CD being played Song title displays the title of the selected CD track Clock operation Pressing the CLOCK button displays the clock with the radio on or off Press the CLOCK button again to turn off the clock display Clock set 1 Press and hold the CLOCK button for ap proximately 2 seconds 2 The display will show H Seek M Tune 3 Press the SEEK TRACK button 4 or to adjust the hours TUNE FF REW button 4 to adjust the minutes 4 Press or yY 5 Press the CLOCK button again to exit the clock set mode The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds or you may press the CLOCK button again to return to the regular clock display pause mute button To mute or pause the audio sound press the X pause mute button Press the X button again to resume the audio sound FM AM radio operation FM AM band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turn
6. Inspect the ground under the vehicle If liquid has leaked onto the ground the fuel system may have been damaged Leave the vehicle as soon as possible Never touch fluid leaks inside or out side the vehicle The leak may be strong alkaline electrolyte from the high volt age battery If it contacts your skin or eyes wash it off immediately with a large amount of water or if possible boric acid solution Get immediate medical attention to help avoid serious injury If a fire occurs in the hybrid vehicle leave the vehicle as soon as possible Never use a fire extinguisher that is not meant for use on electric fires Using even a small amount of water may be also dangerous If your vehicle needs to be towed do it with the front wheels raised If the front wheels are on the ground when towing the traction motor may generate elec tricity This may damage the Hybrid Sys tem components and cause a fire EMERGENCY SHUT OFF SYSTEM The emergency shut off system automatically turns off the high voltage current in certain frontal collisions This is to minimize the risk of electrical short circuits If the system activates your vehicle will not restart To restart the Hybrid System contact a NISSAN dealer ENERGY MONITORS The Hybrid System monitors the status of power being sent to the traction motor and the battery state of charge The status is shown on the hybrid power meter and high voltage battery status met
7. 1 Track Repeat the current track is repeated 1 Disc Random tracks from the entire disc are played randomly 1 Folder Repeat compressed audio files CD only the current folder is repeated 1 Folder Random compressed audio files CD only tracks from the current folder are played randomly Normal Plays all tracks on the CD in sequential order until stopped 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Folder List The folders on the disc are displayed Select the key of a folder name to begin playing tracks from that folder CD gt Track List 8 00 XXXXXXXX mp3 XXXXXAXX mp3 Track List The tracks on the disc are displayed Select the key of a track name to begin playing that track Title Text Priority Record to Music Box Automatic Recording Recording Quality For more information about these options see Music Box Hard Drive Audio System in this section 4 CD EJECT button To eject a CD press the OPEN TILT button to lower the display screen Once the screen is in the lowered position press the amp button to the left of the CD DVD insert slot The CD will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the CD is being played the CD will eject and the system will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 AUX auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located inside the center console
8. 4 20 Heater operation 4 20 High voltage battery status meter 2 5 HEV 4 High voltage components HEV 8 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 47 Hood release 020 202 3 18 Te i 4 a56 gee oe eS yd Wee 2 33 Hybrid System Energy flow lt a ewe hee ae a es HEV 4 Energy fuel history a aaa aaa HEV 5 Stops operating while driving 6 6 Vehicle does not start 6 7 Hybrid vehicle characteristics HEV 9 l Ignition Switch Push Button Ignition Switch 5 7 Immobilizer system 2 26 3 3 5 9 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 8 17 Increasing fuel economy 5 17 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders eaa doa eae we we ee oe SRG 9 9 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 24 Inside MITO s lt s aa ea 4 we ew ee 3 24 Instrument brightness control 2 32 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 32 Intelligent Key system Key operating range osoa aaa 3 9 Key operation aoaaa 3 10 Mechanical key aaa 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 13 Troubleshooting guide 3 17 Warning signals a s sa e owani e a i 3 17 mtenor NGS e so ww Oa a i e a t 2 45 Interior trunk lidrelease 3 20 Inverter Checking inverter coolant level 8 10 Inverter cooling system 5 8 9
9. Bass Treble Fade Balance Beep ON OFF Audio Bass To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Press the TUNE FF FREW 4 or Y to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE FF REW button to adjust Fade and Balance mode Fade adjusts the sound level be tween the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speaker To turn the Beep sound off or on press the AUDIO button until Beep is displayed Press the TUNE FF REW button 4 or Y until the desired mode is displayed This turns on or turns off the beep sound when audio buttons are pressed Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds DISP display button Pressing the DISP display button will show text about CD information in the audio display If the text information is to long to fully be dis played on the screen press and hold the DISP button for longer than 1 5 seconds to scroll through the rest of the text CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Track number and Track time Album title Song title
10. Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable compact discs DVDER DVD R DL Rewritable compact discs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CDs DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs e CDs DVDs that are not round e CDs DVDs with a paper label e CDs DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs DVDs It has no capa bilities to record or burn CDs DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This error may be due to the tempera ture inside the player getting too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local dealership Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DIVX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions e Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code A
11. Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored
12. To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the display screen EE Pause Selectthe Il key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file use the gt key Je Select the key to start playing the movie file or resume the movie file if it has been paused T Select the W key to stop playing the movie file Pl Next Chapter Fast Forward Select the PP key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will ad vance the number of times the key is se lected Press and hold the key to fast for ward the chapter jd Previous Chapter Rewind USB gt Settings Select the M4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the key is selected Press and hold the key to rewind the chap ter List Audio Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains audio files e Play Mode Choose between the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play modes Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and the specified file or folder will be
13. while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING Do not fill a portable fuel container in A CAUTION the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint trailer To reduce the risk of serious damage injury or death when filling portable fuel Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the containers fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten ground when filling the l
14. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the
15. List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp F buttonon the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call Speak name A Phone Number Speak Digits Special Numb
16. XM3 gt Favorite Artists None Add Current Artist None Add Current Artist 1 8 Menu XM if so equipped Select the Menu key to see a list of options Preset List Displays the list of presets Press and hold the key on the touchscreen to save a preset Customize Channel List deselect chan nels to skip while using the TUNE FOLDER knob Favorite Artist amp Songs Tags the current artist or song playing on XM as a favorite Turn the Alert ON to indicate whenever a favorite artist or song Is playing on XM The audio system must be playing XM radio for this feature to work Delete a favorite artist or song Categories Displays a category list for XM radio Select a category to select the first channel for that category Direct Tune Tune to a channel by entering the channel number Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Station specific text If the station broadcasts RDS information the text information is automatically displayed 4 5
17. desired operation is completed Speak Operating tips Saya command after the tone Voice com mands cannot be accepted when the icon is B Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system f the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice Press the switch on the steering wheel to return to the previous screen f you want to cancel the command press and hold the amp switch The message Voice cancelled will be announced lf you want to adjust the volume of the sys tem feedback push the volume control switch on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used When saying the phone number 800 662 6200 the system will accept eight hundred in addition to eight zero zero or eight oh oh 500 700 and 900 are also supported Examples 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero One eight hundred six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition
18. in this section 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un CONNECTING PROCEDURE desired ti f the device a ee nas 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru IC Regulatory information ment panel and select the Bluetooth key Operation is subject to the following two con on the display ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 Settings gt Bluetooth o MEY 8 00 8 00 Bluetooth The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to Connect Bluetooth Yy i g for a Bluetooth device called MY use with the handsfree phone system CAR When requested by the For audio devices please select No handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Yes Cancel Cancel Connects a phone using Bluetooth LHA1316 LHA1317 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A popup box will appear on the screen 4 When a PIN code appears on the screen prompting you to confirm that the connec operate the Bluetooth cellular phone to tion is for the phone system Select the Yes enter the P
19. pears in the display window When the last track on the compact disc is skipped the first track is played When is pressed the track being played returns to the beginning Press several times to skip back several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD moves back 1 track pause mute button To pause the sound while a CD is playing press the X pause mute button Pause is shown on the display Press the button again to resume playing the CD RDM RPT button When the RDM RPT button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows W SEEK TRACK button Random Disc gt Repeat Track Normal Random Disc The order of the tracks on the disc will be mixed during play Repeat Track The track that is currently playing will be repeated SCAN CDs button Press the SCAN button less than 1 5 seconds to scan all tracks of the current disc for 10 seconds per track The SCAN icon is flashed during scan mode The scan mode is canceled once it scans through all tracks on the disc or if the SCAN button is pressed during scan mode CD EJECT When the button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator A CD icon indicator appears on the display when a CD is
20. permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 13 Steps for determining correct load Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue limit Load limit Weight Remaining available 1 400 Ib LI T cargo and luggage 1 Locate the statement The combined 640 kg load capacity weight of occupants and cargo 150 Ib x 2 300 lb 30b x 2 60 Ib 300 Ib 740 Ib should never exceed XXX kg or XXX 70kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg 336 kg lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be Occupants Luggage ES riding in your vehicle Load limit Remaining available 1 400 Ib rT cargo and luggage 3 Subtract the combined weight of the 640 kg lpadicapaciy driver and passengers from XXX kg 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib or XXX Ibs 70kg 135 kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of c
21. rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another per son for convenience 6 Press and release the smart or learn pro gram button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for conve nience to assist when performing this step 7 Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas ing the garage door opener s program but ton quickly and firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to 3 times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 4 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the
22. the system will then ask for the last four digits 4 132 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition perfor mance NOTE When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero or oh If the letter O is included in the house number it will not be recognized as 0 even if you speak oh instead of zero Settings menu The content of the Settings Menu differs when the system is in the Alternate Command Mode Command List Displays the command list for Alternate Com mand Mode User Guide The user guide provides basic instructions for using Voice Recognition and accessing some voice commands NOTE The user guide can also be accessed from within the INFO menu after pressing the INFO button Speaker Adaptation Starts a system training procedure to learn the specific sounds of your voice See Speaker ad aptation function in this section Alternate Command Mode For advanced operation an Alternate Command Mode is provided This setting enables control of the Audio and Climate Control systems in addi tion to additional commands for the Phone and Navigation systems With this setting active the system does not announce or display the avail able commands at each step When this mode is activated the Voice Recognition Settings will change to show more
23. tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Inflation Pres sure Toy and Rear Original P215 60 R16 240 kPa 35 PSI T135 90R16 420 kPa 60 PSI WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 1 P215 65R15 95H 66 R t t 4 3 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 D 18 t 5 WDI0395 R The R stands for radia
24. 3 Press the N button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure Instruments and controls 2 7 2 8 With the display turned on press and hold the switch for about 9 seconds The display will read C Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 MPH 8 km h After completing the circles the display should return to normal If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized NISSAN dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized Instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner direc
25. Bluetooth audio aaoo we 4 4 78 Compact disc CD player a na 4 40 4 46 4 52 4 58 FM AM radio with compact disc CD DIQVel 4 we aea nae Ge 88 4 38 FM AM SAT radio with CD DVD player 4 48 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD players gt c crara ea he ema wms 4 42 Audio System iPod Player eae 2 we mck wo 4 66 4 68 Music Box hard disk drive audio SYSTEM we 262 ee ea ee oe 4 71 Audio system Radio 604s 6a 4s Sa a ee Be oe 4 22 Audio System OCHINGS anew cakes Eee Roe A 4 49 Audio system USB interface 4 60 4 62 Autolight switch cas 4a se a oe ewes 2 30 Automatic Automatic power window switch 2 42 Transmission selector lever lock release occa Ree Doe ow ee eR 5 13 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 24 Automatic door locks 3 6 AUX jak as 6226 o 85 66 2 64 eS 4 41 4 47 B Battery Charge warning light 2 11 2 13 Before starting the vehicle 5 10 Belt See drive belt 8 15 Block heater Bluetooth audio 4 78 Bluetooth hands free phone SYSTEM ss eso OHSS Se HES 4 86 4 101 Boosterseats 22004 1 31 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 21 Brake fluid 020004 8 13 Brake light See stop light 8 25 Brake system i wads W 6 4 od a 5 19 Brake warning light 2 10 2 12 Brake wear indicators 2 17 8 19 Parking brake operation 5
26. DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM File Types pe Codec ISO MPEG4 pe E Codec G 726 Bit Rates Resolution Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 12 RADIO button 13 CD button 14 DISP button 15 PRESET A B C button 16 Station select 1 6 buttons 17 x pause mute button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation PWR VOL control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON RADIO AUX position then press the PWR VOL control knob If you listen to the radio with the engine not 11 running place the ignition in the ACC position The mode radio or CD that was playing imme diately before the system was turned off resumes playing 1 SEEK TRACK button 6 CLOCK button wii Bp ie leaded he 4a en no is loaded the radio comes on a Sige a a A binen 7 pega Pressing the PWR VOL control knob again turns 4 CD eject button 9 RDM RPT button SrO 5 AUDIO button BASS TREBLE FADE 10 PWR VOL control knob Turn the PWR VOL control knob to the right to and BALANCE 11 AUX button increase volume or to the left to decrease volume 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUDIO button Bass Treble Fade and Bal ance Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows
27. Drive 6 14 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior cask ancapiksNewpnawpae naan en ena ay 772 High voltage battery air vent 05 7 9 AEE E E E E nee ee euee se 2 Air fresheners asnnnunannnn ee ewe raner 7 5 WAX eee aa a a R EA A E A 7 2 Floor mats sc wid ude nnana nananana anaana nnna 7 5 REMOVING SPOOLS sueina kaa ing aa a Eala aD maces 7 3 Seat bells r ssrorscegcrer urei i atakinto in FOE 7 6 Underbody 6 cece e eee eee eee eee eee 7 3 Corrosion PrOleClON 22 00 lt devas wie de iw anerss vated 7 6 GNAaSS 2282526 tee nsare sa eo meee Ake AE eek 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Aluminum alloy wheels 0 00c eee eee ees 7 3 COROSION oi04s244 banecadatnocasewnseedacaesewan 7 6 Chrome DANS se carnea eres Shetek eee eax 7 4 Environmental factors influence the rate of TSG sss eee ee tase eases Saceseeeeeeeheus 7 4 EE E ON E TE T seeaeese aren tees TT 7 6 Cleaning interior s essee eeaeee 7 4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion r CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you Can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when d
28. Incoming Calls Shows the last 5 incoming phone calls Outgoing Calls Shows the last 5 outgoing phone calls Missed Calls Shows the last 5 missed phone calls Navigation Command COMMAND ACTION International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken as well as star pound and plus Delete Destination Deletes the current destination Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 COMMAND Birdview Map Planview Map North Up Heading Up Zoom In lt 1 to 13 gt Zoom Out lt 1 to 13 gt Guidance Voice ON OFF Guide Voice Repeat Information Command COMMAND Traffic Information Where am I Weather Information Weather Map 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio Command COMMAND ACTION FAM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played PM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played AM FM T Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 Information gt User Guide Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1 8 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Press the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the User Guide key I
29. Sunroof see Moonroof 9 43 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 2 15 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 42 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 48 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTE ee a see ok ee ee 1 34 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 34 Switch Autolight switch 2 30 Automatic power window switch 2 42 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Power door lock switch 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWICK 2 a s ae oe ee ee ee A 2 29 T m signal SWHCM s a svi wee ane w w Se a 2 32 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 T Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 26 3 3 5 9 Three way catalyst aoao aaa 5 3 Tire Clabes e ea a a 6 2 Opare tieu a sanasida ma iaai 6 3 8 40 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Tire chains e e a ss ca oO ee we ee ee 4 8 37 Tire placard aoaaa aa 9 11 Tire pressure 2 2 ee ee 8 29 Tire rotation 0 000 8 38 10 6 Types OF TIKES 6 4 are t gn es et 8 36 Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 Wheels andtires 8 29 Wheel tire size 2 02 000 8 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top t
30. The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory TIRE ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PNEU TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT AVANT P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi P XXX XX RXX XXX kPa XX psi SPARE DE SECOURS T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX psi SEE G RNER S MANUAL FOR ADDINIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTHIS DETAILS SE REPORTERSRU MANUEL BU CONDUCTEUR LDI0549 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica
31. The vehicle information display is located on the bottom of the speedometer It displays such items as cruise control system information Intelligent Key operation information some indicators and warnings other information For details about the Intelligent Key see NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY Press the button located on the instru ment panel just behind the steering wheel to display the following modes MPG MPG MPH Time Miles Range Exterior Temperature Setting Warning MPG 0 20 40 60 Fuel Economy mode The fuel economy mode can be selected to dis play the instant fuel economy since the last reset Average speed mode The average speed mode can be selected to display the average miles per gallon and miles per hour since the last reset TIME MILES Time Miles km mode The time miles km mode can be selected to show the time and distance driven since the last reset Instruments and controls 2 19 OUTSIDE TEMP 68 F SETTING ein gt MAINTENANCE gt ALERT gt DISPLAY GENTER NEXT Range mode The range mode can be selected to give you an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly calcu lated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption 2 20 Instruments and contro
32. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port to start the Hybrid System Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ig nition switch in the Starting and driving sec tion Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see Battery replacement in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not
33. XXXXXXXX Select Device Address XXXXAXAXX Delete 6 The Device Name and Device Address are CD CARE AND CLEANING displayed on the screen Select the Select key to make this device the active Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the Bluetooth audio player Select the Edit disc Never touch the surface of the disc key to edit the details of the player such as Device Name Select the Delete key to delete the device Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 LHA0752 LHA0753 Type A Type B 1 Source select and Power on switch 1 Source select and Power on switch 2 Tuning switch 2 Tuning switch 3 Volume control switch 3 Volume control switch 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LHA0754 Type C 1 Source select and Power on switch 2 Menu control switch ENTER button 3 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped POWER on switch With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON posi tion push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change t
34. You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly However this is not a malfunc tion If the power steering warning light PS illuminates while the Hybrid System is in the READY mode it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the Hybrid System in the READY mode there will be no power assist for the steer ing but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds For additional information see Electric Power steering warning light in the Instruments and controls section BRAKE SYSTEM AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the hydraulic brake warning light and the electronically controlled brake system warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Regenerative brake The Hybrid System changes vehicle motion into electricity The electricity is used to recharge the high voltage battery When applying the brakes you may hear a sound coming from the regenera tive braking system This is a normal operating characte
35. brakes and steering will not work Brak ing and steering will be harder If the Hybrid System stops operating while driving do not open any door until the vehicle comes to a complete stop Opening a door will lock the steering wheel This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury The Hybrid System may stop operating while driving if the high voltage battery becomes dis charged the 12 volt battery becomes dis charged or the fuel tank is empty If the Hybrid System stops operating while driving perform the following 1 Reduce your speed gradually Pull to the side of the road to a safe area 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Set the POWER switch at ACC or OFF and try to start the Hybrid System 4 lf the Hybrid System will not start see Ve hicle does not start in this section VEHICLE DOES NOT START Before attempting to jump start the vehicle make sure the fuel tank is not empty and the correct starting procedure is followed See Starting the Hybrid System in the Starting and driving sec tion Do not drive the vehicle on battery power only if the fuel tank is empty The high voltage battery will become discharged and the Hybrid System will turn off CONFIRM BATTERY IS DISCHARGED Confirm the battery is discharged by pushing the ignition switch to the ON position Confirm the instrument cluster or hea
36. control system use the following proce dures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Starting and driving 5 15 To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL switch the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET
37. e Do not attempt to test the vehicle on a dynamometer such as the dynamom eters used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Doing so may cause damage to the drivetrain or the high voltage battery Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is a hybrid Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain dam age or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or B Brake Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depress ing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose The eCVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the Hybrid System fully de press the foot brake pedal before moving the shift selector out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pe
38. from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones lf the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not
39. is displayed as a small sym bol printed on the top of the DVD B This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a re gion code other than 1 or ALL Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 e This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited Dolby digital is manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Inc are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc DTS and DTS Digital Surround amp are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Universal Serial Bus USB memory if SO equipped This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There Copyright and trademark are some USB devices which may not be sup ported with this system The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property Make sure that the USB device is connected rights owned by Macrovision correctly into the USB connector Corporation and other right holders is Do not force the memory stick or USB cable adopted for this system into the USB connector 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occu
40. leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the opera tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Do not clean the interior or trunk using water If water contacts the high voltage battery it may cause a short circuit and damage the battery Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover Clean the air vent regularly to prevent the high voltage battery from overheating HIGH
41. manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Do not use the tie down hooks for towing or vehicle recovery In case of emergency 6 13 Rocking a stuck vehicle e Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 44 WARNING 4 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle tries contact a professional towing service n to remove the vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 2 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 3 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D
42. such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 7 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0 ce eee eens 8 2 General maintenance 000ce eee ee eens 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS 0 0c eee eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system cciceecase tesvwied Gavedetacws 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 00 00 8 9 Inverter cooling System cc c xc0unee dean ead senctbenecew 8 9 Checking inverter coolant level 0055 8 10 Changing inverter coolant 2 00 004 8 10 ENGINE Olle 225ctecew E cies cece eee aout 8 10 Checking engine oil level 2 5 8 10 Changing engine oil 0e cece eee ee eee 8 11 Changing engine oil filter 0000 8 12 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT fluid cee ccsee de mwdewesne dade 8 13 Brako UIs Eee eae ee eee 8 13 Broko TWIG dceuenteevereatteeeascepeecenyeeass 8 14 Windshield washer fluid 00200e eee 8 14 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 14 T2 Wot D
43. 2 21 DISPLAY SBACK gt LANGUAGE gt UNIT NEXT LAENTER Display mode The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pressing Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the O button and pressing The settings are automatically saved when you exit the menu by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button 2 22 Instruments and controls gt SKIP gt DETAIL GENTER NEXT Warning mode The warning mode can be selected to view any warnings that may be present Once the screen is selected you have the option of skipping the warning or viewing it in detail Warnings can be present for issues such as an open door or low fuel For more information about potential warnings see Vehicle information dis play warnings and indicators later in this section WARNING N CRUISE SET E ke WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE WARNING ovo RANGE 000 Eh WARNING na ee tau CRUISE Sole WASHER 8 Vehicle information display warnings 4 Low windshield washer fluid warning 8 Cruise main switch indicator and indicators 5 No key warning 9 Cruise set switch indicator 1 Door and trunk open warning 6 Parking brake indicator 10 Hybrid system operation indicator 2 Push warning 7 Shift P warning 11 EV mode indicator 3 Low fuel warning instruments and controls 2 23 12 NISSAN I
44. 46 Security indicator light 2 17 Spotlights See map light 2 46 MUNK NONE o oh ie 2h eo Ba we OK A 2 46 10 4 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMIRGehS ci a c O46 Fe amp wt ae we a 2 9 Lights Map GMS 64 4 3 6 etn Wark eS a ae 2 46 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Door looks e s e s asos a ee ee 3 4 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 21 Glove box lock noanoa 2 38 Power door locks 3 5 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 18 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 14 2 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low washer fluid warning light 2 24 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 15 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 16 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map lights naoa ok a ok ee 2 46 Map POCKEl sor kw foa kaman oe oe k ae aa 2 35 Meters and gauges naoa a ae 2 3 Instrument brightness control aaa 2 32 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 24 Inside MimTOr s sa eosa a danaa dow A 3 24 Outside mirrors o oo a eee 3 25 Vany DIOL e a ro amp de eee air a A a 3 24 NIDOMNOOLs so 2 4 eaa ae a e A a 2 43 Music Box
45. 5 24 Driving ON SNOW OP ICE ccdedeea sweden eweewaredand 5 24 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 25 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING A WARNING e Do not attempt to test the vehicle on a e Do not park the vehicle with the ignition e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked and the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys 5 2 Starting and driving dynamometer such as the dynamom eters used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Doing so may cause damage to the drivetrain or the high voltage battery Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is a hybrid Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain dam age or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gas
46. 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 CD DVD or USB with Compressed Audio Files models with Navigation System The file types supported by this system are MP3 WMA AAC M4A and ATRACS Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by ap proximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no percep tible loss in quality The compression re duces certain parts of sound that seem in audible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally s
47. 5 x 3 9 89 0 x 100 0 Displacement cu in cm 151 82 2 488 Firing order 1 3 4 2 Idle speed eCVT in N position No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug DILKARGA 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheel type Aluminum T type Spare Tire size Spare tire 9 8 Technical and consumer information Size 16 x 7JJ 16 x 4T Offset in mm 1 77 45 1 57 40 P215 60R16 T135 90R16 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm Overall width in mm Overall height in mm Front track in mm Rear track in mm Wheelbase in mm Gross vehicle weight rat Ib kg ing Gross axle weight rating Front lb kg Rear lb kg 190 7 4 844 70 7 1 795 7 58 3 1 481 61 4 1 560 61 2 1 555 109 3 2 775 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side front and rear doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with
48. 8 00 Bluetooth BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings press the SET TING button on the instrument panel and select the Bluetooth key on the display Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth system on or off Connect Bluetooth See Connecting procedure in this section for more information about connecting a phone Connected Devices Display a list of the Bluetooth devices con nected to the system Edit Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device address and device PIN Replace Connected Phone Replace the phone currently connected to the system This option allows you to keep any voic etags that were recorded using the previous phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 8 00 Settings gt Volume amp Beeps Audio Volume L cccccscccoey Q Guidance Volume PO rccccccccsel lereccecceseeg loceccscccseeg ie gt Use volume knob to adjust during playback Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call CALL VOLUME Adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve clarity if reception between callers is unclear Incoming call adjusting this setting allows you to hear a difference in volume Outgoing call adjusting this setting allows the person you are talking with to hear a difference in volume To access the settings press the SETTING b
49. 8 10 Inverter coolant 200 8 9 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 42 Front seats 4 31 8 oe Gc nee eee a 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants aaou es eee Bes 9 2 Fuel economy 2 2 00 0 ee eee 5 17 Fuelgauge 0205 400s 2 5 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler door and cap 3 21 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 21 PUsCSe nae deo 8 Oe oO ee A oe A 8 19 PUSIDICHIAKS one s wh aoa eae wh oe aa 8 21 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 1 a a 2 47 MAAS CAO seah da abd a OE ee oe A 3 21 Gauge Fuel gauge a 6 6 Soa Be oe oe Bue 2 5 High voltage battery status meter 2 5 HEV 4 Odometer 000 eee eae 2 4 Power meter 004 2 4 HEV 4 Speedometer 000 000 2 4 Trip odometer 2200 2 4 General maintenance 4 8 2 Glove box anes eb ee em eS 2 38 Glove box lock 24624 e640 0 dae ae 4 2 38 Grocery hooks 2 2 39 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth aoaaa em ek A 4 86 4 101 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Headlights 4 s 2 4 44 a 6a 44 8 24 Heated seats 0 0 000 2 34 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls
50. Add coolant to the engine and inverter coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual In case of emergency 6 11 AWARNING If your vehicle needs to be towed do it with the front wheels raised If the front wheels are on the ground when towing the traction motor may generat
51. Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For 1 42 the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as
52. HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button see steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption p
53. Intelli When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you gent Key with you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door 2 Close all doors handle request switch within the range of opera tion 3 Push any door handle request switch 1 while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the trunk will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key Lockout
54. OK key For more information see How to use the touch screen in this section Phone gt Vehicle Phonebook o dH Yul Gack H Voicetag 5 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the Voice Recognition system Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone When the voicetag is successfully saved s amp select the OK key to save the phonebook entry After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that Is ready to call the num ber Select the Back key to return to the Vehicle Phonebook Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 e Copy from Call History The system will show a list of your incoming Phone gt Vehicle Phonebook Bo Gill Fut 8 00 Phone gt Vehicle Phonebook o dill Yul acr outgoing or missed calls that were down loaded from your cell phone depending on your phone s compatibility You may select one of these entries to save in the vehicle Ka Entry 1 e nromwarion E INFORMATION Delete Number XXX XXXX e Copy from the Handset The system will show your cell phone s Seon phonebook that was downloaded depend Voicetag wh ing on your phone s compatibility You may 2 5 select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook e Editing the Vehicle Phonebook 5 Select the desired item to change 1 Press the button on the steering
55. ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 0c0 6 5nd ee aweadadiewaderdws 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations c4 0sexoreian es oc en
56. Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 14 Three point type with retractor 1 12 Seat belt warning light 2 14 Seatback pockets ou c as oa bw Ooms we amp 2 36 Seats Adjustment 44 4 62 48 oe 2 amp 4 eke a 1 2 Front SCdlSu a u a oo oa ee a oe Goo 1 2 Heated seats oaoa oaa a 2 34 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Security indicator light aaa aaa 2 17 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 26 3 3 5 9 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 19 Service manual order form 9 26 Servicing airconditioner 4 22 SENG DURON a a pa ame ate ee Sm Sow ace 4 6 Shift lock release 0004 5 13 Shifting Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT 5 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 14 Spark plug replacement noaoo a 8 16 Speedometer noaoae a 2 4 Spotlights See map light 2 46 SRS warning label anona aaa 1 48 Starting Before starting the vehicle 5 10 Jump Starting es cs sod eaaa 6 7 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Staring i 2 0 sa a eek Bn ew A 6 10 Starting the vehicle 5 10 Steering Power steering system 5 19 Stop lighE so HS a ow a ee a koe A 8 25 DIQIGC s a aom e a i a m e A a a eo 2 35 SUN VISOS os asro ta adaa eea 3 23 Sunglasses case ooa 00 eee 2 36 Sunglasses holder aoaaa aaa 2 36
57. a few minutes 8 Hold down the brake pedal and press the START button The vehicle instruments and gauges will light up and the green READY light will come ON A CAUTION If the green READY light does not come on press the START button to turn the Hybrid System OFF Carefully disconnect the negative cable then the positive cable Have vehicle taken to dealership for repair 9 10 After the green READY light in the meter display comes ON carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING AWARNING Do not push start this vehicle The three way catalyst may be damaged A CAUTION Hybrid models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause electrical or transmission damage 6 10 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by the high temperature warning light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine and or inverter is still hot When the radiator cap is removed press
58. allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not funct
59. apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing c
60. audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Clarion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Compact Disc with MP3 or WMA models without Navigation System Terms Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bi
61. compatible audio files on the stor age device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is plugged in through the AUX IN jack on the radio the AUX button toggles between the two sources Folder XXXXXX Song XXXXXX Artist XXXXXX 1 14 4 12 Play information Information about the audio files being played can be displayed on the display screen of the vehicle s audio system Depending on how the audio files are encoded information such as Folder Song and Artist will be displayed The track number and number of total tracks in the folder are displayed on the screen as well For example the fourth track out of twelve total is currently playing dq gt I SEEK CAT Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons 44 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the audio file returns to normal play speed lt lt gt gt I SEEK CAT buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip b
62. could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service iridium tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regap ping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cove
63. entirely choose the Speed Sensitive Volume SSV set ting with the SETTING button and then adjust the level with the SCROLL TUNE knob Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV adjusts the volume of the audio system as the vehicle s driving speed changes Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Setting Display Display settings To adjust the brightness or contrast of the display screen press the SETTING button until the cho sen setting Is displayed Use the SCROLL TUNE knob to adjust the display to the desired level Setting Clock On screen Clock On screen Clock The clock is shown in the upper right corner of the screen To turn this feature off or to re enable the clock display after it has been turned off press the SETTING button until the On screen Clock mode is displayed Use the SCROLL TUNE knob to toggle the feature on or off 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Setting Clock Clock Adjust 11 29 Clock adjust To adjust the time perform the following steps 1 Press the SETTING button repeatedly until the Clock Adjust mode is displayed on the screen 2 The hours will begin blinking Adjust the hours by turning the SCROLL TUNE knob left or right and press the ENTER button 3 The minutes will begin blinking Adjust the minutes by turning the SCROLL TUNE knob left or right and press the ENTER button iPod MENU button This button can only
64. for the audio system RR Gy o WIC1460 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the Hybrid System and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster LIC1064 Type A HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting A When turning the switch to the gt 4 posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 29 LIC1063 Type B A CAUTION Use the headlights with the Hybrid System running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 2 30 Instruments and controls Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you place the ignition switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed To tur
65. from the HomeLink surface 2 50 Instruments and controls 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s auth
66. from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle exce
67. iPod PIAVCR sits tee we ee a 4 66 4 68 ISOFIX child restraints 1 19 J Jump starting s esee ee Oe ee eed 6 7 K Keyfob battery replacement 8 23 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 13 Keys For Intelligent Key system 3 2 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 48 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren OVOM e e ae ee ae ee eee ee ee 1 19 License plate Installing the license plate 9 11 Light Air bag warning light 1 49 2 15 Brake light See stop light 8 25 Bulb check instrument panel 2 9 Bulb replacement 6 25 Charge warning light 2 1 12713 Console light 6 624 46 0444 44 2 45 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 29 Headhighis ss lt e 4 6 468g 4 w 4 ad 8 24 Interior light ee 65k Wee we we ew 2 45 GONDU 2 244 sae aap eee whe A 8 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low washer fluid warning light 2 24 Passenger air bag and status light 1 43 Personal lights 2 25 4 00 ae a4 2
68. influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modi fications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could c
69. interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LICO474 Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is opera tional If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the Hy brid System will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for ser vice Instruments and controls 2 27 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer switch oper ates when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the switch toward A Slower or Faster Also for vehicles equipped with speed dependent wipers the intermittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the inte
70. is in the READY mode it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the power steering warning light illumi nates with the Hybrid System in the READY mode there will be no power assist for the steer ing but you will still have control of the vehicle At this time greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel especially in sharp turns and at low speeds See Power steering in the Starting and driving section Electronically controlled brake warning light yellow This light functions for both the regenerative brake and electronically controlled brake sys tems 2 12 Instruments and controls When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the light stays on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the regenerative brake and or the elec tronically controlled brake systems are not func tioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the hydraulic brake warning light also comes on with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle immediately and call a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Brake system in Starting and Driving section AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if both the brake warning light and electronically controlled br
71. is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the igni tion switch placed in the OFF position and or a low brake fluid level may in crease your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Your brake system may not be working properly if both the brake warning light and electronically controlled brake sys tem warning light come on when the Hybrid System is in READY mode and the parking brake is not applied Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest ser vice station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving could be dangerous Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS waning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driv ing and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS wa
72. is released WPD0291 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position Q then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position WPD0381 Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system pe
73. it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0797 Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points 1 are located on the rear parcel shelf REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 21 WRS0801 WRS0802 LRS0673 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach 3 For child restraints that are equipped with ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check webbing mounted attachments remove any to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop additional slack from the anchor attach erly attached to the lower anchors ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tig
74. level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT fluid Check under the vehicle for leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Inverter coolant level Check the coolant level when the inverter is cold Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation
75. loaded with the system on AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop com puters Press the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 SEEK CATEGORY SCROLL TUNE PUSH ON OFF SCAN button 7 SEEK CATEGORY button Station select 1 6 buttons 8 SETTING ENTER button SCROLL CD insert slot TUNE knob Display screen 9 AUXIN jack iPod MENU button 10 AUX button CD eject button 11 CD button 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 AM FM button 13 RPT button 14 VOL ON OFF control knob 15 RDM button No satellite radio reception is available when the AUX button is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio ser vice subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions earlier in this section Audio main operation VOL ON OFF control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL ON OFF control knob whi
76. lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors trunk lid and glove box See Doors and Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the Instruments and controls sec tion and Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the proce dures below 1 Push the trunk cancel switch to the OFF position 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the rear seats with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Trunk lid in this section Storage in the Instruments and controls section and Seats in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks To
77. octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Technical and consumer information 9 3 E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for t
78. off the reservoir tank and pour the windshield washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for windshield washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 12 VOLT BATTERY DRIVE BELT The 12 volt battery is located on the right hand A l The Hybrid vehicle uses a special 12 side of the trunk behind an access panel volt battery If the 12 volt battery needs Keep the battery surface clean and dry to be replaced use a battery of the Clean the battery
79. or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s Hybrid System should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 To begin press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons 2 Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Instruments and controls 2 47 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flash ing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro 2 48 Instruments and controls grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 Ifthe indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a
80. passengers cargo and hitch 4 103 Ib 1861 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 4 203 lb 1906 kg Maximum Towing Load from Towing Load Specification chart 1 000 Ib 454 kg 4 203 Ib 1906 kg 4 103 Ib 1861 kg GVWR GVW 100 Ib 45 kg Available for tongue weight 1 000 Ib 454 kg Capacity available for towing 100 Ib 45 kg Available tongue weight 1 000 Ib 454 kg Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION UNIT Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 100 45 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch
81. played e Display Adjust the image quality of the screen e DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers e Audio Choose the preferred language of the audio Subtitle Choose the preferred language of the sub titles e Display Mode Choose between the Normal Wide Cinema or Full display modes iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Open the protec tive cover 1 on the USB jack in the center console Then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle remove the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and ot
82. protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the Intelligent Key only not the mechanical key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as four NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors can not be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the
83. protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the rear parcel shelf When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed on or under the spare tire area When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 4 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch 1 again within 5 seconds to unlock all doors If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may
84. release P 3 20 P 3 19 Trunk lid P 3 18 Vehicle loading P 9 1 2 Exterior trunk lid release P 3 13 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 21 P 9 28 Fuel filler door P 3 21 Child safety rear door lock P 3 6 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ol Bly gt 9 10 Secondary trunk lid release P 3 19 Moonroof if so equipped P 2 43 Sun visors P 3 23 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 45 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped P 2 47 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped P 3 24 Glove box P 2 38 Front cup holders P 2 37 Front console P 2 38 Front seat P 1 2 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 28 8 Ignition switch P 5 7 9 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 33 10 Front passenger air bag status light P 2 15 11 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 34 12 Glove box P 2 38 C XH 13 Navigation system if so equipped ee P 4 2 14 Heater and air conditioner P 4 19 15 Shift selector P 5 11 16 Covered storage box P 2 39 17 Audio system controls P 4 22 18 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 23 171615 14 16 19 Vehicle information display controls P 2 18 90 Hood release P 3 18 21 NISSAN Intelligent Key p
85. retractor earlier in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This
86. s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described in this section SEAT BELTS Lf Uf Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag S Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 LO f ie Sit upright and weil back A WARNING A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Childre
87. shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper install new windshield wiper blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION 1O e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure WDI0594 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not arm until it clicks into place to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper wind 5 Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the shield washer operation If wax gets into the groove nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc t
88. specified title will be displayed the number of times the or side is selected Group Search DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD The scene with the specified group will be displayed the number of times the or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and use the or key to change the angle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key to choose the setting time for CM backwa
89. system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning see Troubleshooting guide in
90. the symbol is displayed behind the track number The Music Box audio system cannot perform recording under the following conditions There is not enough space in the hard drive The number of aloums reaches the maximum of 500 The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted For more information see Music Box settings in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording touch the Stop REC key on the screen If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position the recording also stops 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE 3 Track All Songs Artist NO ARTIST Album 2009 03 10 09 24 Track 2009 03 10 09 24 03 Track 27 of 54 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods Press the SOURCE select switch on the steering wheel For information see Steering wheel switch for audio control in this section Press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode Give voice commands For information see NISSAN Voice Recog nition system in this section Stopping playback The system stops playing when Another mode radio CD USB Bluetooth Audio or AUX i
91. the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode iPod gt Music 8 00 Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod in terface Use the touchscreen to control your fa vorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Now Playing e Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs The following keys shown on the screen are also available Menu returns to the previous screen gt Il plays pauses the music selected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 iPod gt Play Mode Play mode While the iPod is playing touch the Menu key to display the iPod menu Touch the Play Mode key to display the Play Mode screen and adjust the settings for Shuffle Repeat and Audio books For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Seeking button When the M4 or PPI side of the seeking button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the begin ning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the M4 or PPI side of the
92. the battery from becoming dis charged NOTE Do not use for extended periods of time with the Hybrid System stopped This could result in a discharged battery CONSOLE LIGHT if so equipped The console light will turn on whenever the park ing lights or headlights are illuminated The console light brightness can be adjusted with the instrument brightness control Instruments and controls 2 45 PERSONAL LIGHTS LIC1083 Rear personal lights To turn the rear personal lights on press the switch To turn them off press the switch again NOTE Do not use for extended periods of time with the Hybrid System stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 46 Instruments and controls MAP LIGHTS To turn the map lights on press the light lens To turn them off press the lens again NOTE Do not use for extended periods of time with the Hybrid System stopped This could result in a discharged battery TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light will go off after about 30 minutes if the trunk lid is left open unless the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provi
93. the blocks 6 Apply and hold the brake pedal 7 Have someone retrieve and store the blocks 9 22 Technical and consumer information While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by l
94. the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift selector in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LSD0158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift selector to the P Park posi tion 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL switch ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch ON gt 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL lf the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control switch off and have the sys tem checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise
95. the command press and hold the amp switch The message Voice cancelled will be announced If you want to adjust the volume of the sys tem feedback push the volume control switch on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement To minimize the amount of prompts spoken by the system in Alternate Command Mode use the Minimize Voice Feedback function To access the Minimize Voice Feedback function press the SETTING button then select the Others key Then select the Voice Recognition key How to speak numbers Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used When saying the phone number 800 662 6200 the system will accept eight hundred in addition to eight zero zero or eight oh oh 500 700 and 900 are also supported Examples 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero One eight hundred six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone num bers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition
96. the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds Starting and driving 5 9 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices 5 10 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE HYBRID SYSTEM Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE HYBRID SYSTEM 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift selector to P Park The Hybrid System is
97. the gasoline engine starts and stops with the Hybrid System on you may feel a vibration When accelerating rapidly the engine noise may rise A noise may also be heard while braking These are normal character istics of the hybrid vehicle HEV 10 HEV Overview An air vent is located on the rear parcel shelf to cool the high voltage battery If the vent is covered the battery will overheat resulting in reduced output performance of the Hybrid Sys tem You may hear the noise of the cooling fan from the air vent A CAUTION Do not place objects over or into the air vent The high voltage battery may over heat and be damaged prepreg eS ie Ose Fer eo ee Prk t E H E h A CAUTION Do not load large amounts of water in open containers aquariums or buckets into the vehicle If the water spills onto the high voltage battery it may cause a short circuit and damage the battery A CAUTION Do not allow any liquid to get on or in the air vent It may cause a short circuit and damage the high voltage battery HEV Overview HEV 11 MEMO HEV 12 HEV Overview 0 Illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument panel c t 1sesedcabetetawedre sped cies ees 0 6 21 8 16 P a ee eee 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 4 O 7 PXIGHOLIGal stcuuwteercaundeeearcetakeeomsne esas 0 4 Warning indicator liGhtSr52202 lt tenacwees 2 even
98. the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play Folder XXXXXXXX Song XXXXXXXX Artist XXXXXXXX 114 0 22 CD MP3 display mode While listening to an MP3 WMA CD certain text may be displayed on the screen if the CD has been encoded with text information Depending on how the MP3 WMA CD is encoded informa tion such as Artist Song and Folder will be dis played The track number and the total number of tracks in the current folder or on the current disc are displayed on the screen as well For example the first track out of fourteen total is currently playing 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ld lt gt gt I SEEK CATEGORY Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the SEEK CATEGORY button M4 or PPI for 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played T
99. the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the DISC AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB memory device is inserted press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF VOL control knob to restart the USB memory PE Pl Seeking Reverse or Fast Forward button Press and hold the M4 side of the seeking button for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse the track being played Press and hold the PPI side of the seeking button for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to fast forward the track being played The track plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file re turns to normal play speed EE gt P Seeking button Press the M4 side of the seeking button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the M4 side of the seeking button several times to skip backward several tracks Press the Pl side of the seeking button while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the PI side of the seeking button several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of t
100. this feature is activated press the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the Phone key The Auto Downloaded selection should have the amber indicator next to the word ON activated Select the Auto Downloaded key to toggle this feature on or off To transfer the handset phonebook to the vehicle manually follow these steps 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Phone key 3 Select the Download Handset Phonebook key Once the handset phonebook is transferred to the vehicle it can be accessed by pressing the button on the steering wheel then selecting the Handset Phonebook key Whether the handset phonebook is transferred manually or automatically the process can take up to five minutes to complete depending on the size of the handset phonebook See the cellular phone s owner s manual for more details Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Call History Select the name from the in Phone Go HH Ful 8 00 coming or outgoing call history So imu 8 00 Dial Number Input the phone number manu Vehicle Phonebook Vaimea Ringtone ally using a keypad displayed on the screen incoming Call For information on how to use the touch a Answer Call History Connect Phone screen see How to use the touch screen 0 00 TET Handset Phonebook Connected Phones in this section H XXXXXXXX Reject Call 3 For all of the
101. this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an
102. this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones If reception between callers is unclear ad justing the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity See Call volume in this section REGULATORY INFORMATION BLUETOOTH is a FCC Regulatory information trademark owned by Settings 8 00 CAUTION To maintain compliance with amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc Navigation Volume amp Beeps FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the U S A and licensed to supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna Clarion Display modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Operation is subject to the following two con Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features l 7 oy Adjust navigation settings ditions using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition 1 This device may not cause interference and System
103. tices 5 7 Push button ignition switch positions 5 8 NISSAN Intelligent key battery discharge 5 8 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 5 9 Before starting the Hybrid System 5 10 Starting the Hybrid System 00 e eee eee eee 5 10 Driving the vehicle de vecbadnen eda Genswad onee ct exc 5 11 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission CCVT 0e eee ees 5 11 Parking OlAKG s 0 ey ceweantivraceiversee es eonetese 5 14 DEL P E E E 5 15 Precautions on cruise control 5 15 Cruise control operations s a s asasena 5 15 Break in schedule cscudtntceveectecepantaienwcaree 5 17 Increasing fuel economy 0 00e eee eee 5 17 Parking parking on hills 0000 eee eee eee 5 18 Power steering tn12ce cnc caceereenesteeeteseheeeaus 5 19 Brake SyS rep kerno k nEn REINET EESE EEEO EAREN 5 19 Brake precautions sccctsacanncedtasiaevascewdas 5 19 Anti lock Braking System ABS nnana annan 5 21 Traction Control System TCS nnana anaana 5 22 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 23 Cold weather GiViNGs 4 lt 66e ens psar cer ewwka chen os 5 24 Freeing a frozen door lock 00ce eens 5 24 PUUANCCZG cic curawscevsedoneneduennteidteaceras 5 24 Draining of coolant water 0 00e eae eee 5 24 Tire GQUIDMCNil 2odtseedessedaceseususeced eed 5 24 Special winter equipment 22 05
104. to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for in formation about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pro nouncing Transfer entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from t
105. to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maximum weight rating to the vehicle but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this section Technical and consumer information 9 19 A CAUTION Do not use axle mounted hitches The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the receiver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 9 20 Technical an
106. use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents WPD0444 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 1 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows if so equipped The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key toward the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder
107. use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious To install the cargo net attach the net to the accidents 1 Window lock button roraners The power windows operate when the ignition 2 Power door lock switch To remove the cargo net detach the net fromthe switch is placed in the ON position or for about 3 Front passenger side automatic switch cargo net retainers 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in if so equipped the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s Right rear passenger side door is opened during this period of about 45 Left rear passenger side seconds power to the windows is canceled e DHavercidaauionateswicn AE 2 40 instruments and controls Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the de sired window position is reached To close a window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold down until the desired window position is reached Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch to the first detent and continue to hol
108. wheels Appearance and care 7 3 e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing 7 4 Appearance and care Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and
109. when you exit the setting screen by selecting the Back key or any other mode button Push the 2 switch to activate the display Display off Select the Display ON key The indicator of the Display ON turns off and the message above will be displayed briefly When the audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner or any mode button on the control panel is operated the display turns on for that operation If one of the control panel buttons is pressed the display will not automati cally turn off until that operation is finished Oth erwise the screen turns off automatically after 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 To turn the screen on Press the SETTING button and select the Display key and then select the Display ON key or Press the 2 button and the message resuming display will appear and the Dis play ON key will be automatically turned on no amber indicator Background color Select the Background Color key the display color changes between day and night The new settings are automatically saved when you exit the setting screen by selecting the Back key or any other mode button 8 00 Settings gt Color Theme Black Color theme Select the Display key then select the Color Theme key The Color Theme select screen will appear Select the key for the desired color The appear anc
110. with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed
111. with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary WDI0597 A Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the vehicle off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn 8 Start the vehicle and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required 9 Turn the vehicle off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION eCVT FLUID A CAUTION Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic W ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic W ATF will dam age the transmission which is not cov ered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty When checking or replacement is required we recomm
112. 1 NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary input jacks Audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are color coded for iden tification purposes Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input Yellow video input Before connecting a device to the auxiliary input jacks turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the aux iliary input jacks press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the AUX mode appears in the display The output from the device will be played through the display when the vehicle is in the P Park position and the parking brake engaged and audio system 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUX settings Select the Settings key The display mode can be set to Normal Wide or Cinema The volume setting can be set to Low Medium or High DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD PLAYER OPERATION models with Navigation System Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle Is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies on the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the
113. 14 Self adjusting brakes 8 19 BlakeSs Y4 o 5 84 4 6H Ew Oot ee e 8 19 Break in schedule 5 17 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 32 Brightness contrast button 4 12 Bulb check instrument panel 2 9 Bulb replacement 4 8 25 C Capacities and recommended IUGINUBNGANS s s a ba eek A 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 85 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 81 CD player See audio system 4 40 4 46 4 52 4 58 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 21 Child restraints 1 16 1 16 1 17 1 19 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 23 1 28 1 31 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 21 Child safety rear door lock 3 6 Chimes audible reminders 2 17 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 CIOCK edie oe 69 eek 6 eee Bod 4 39 4 44 models with navigation system 4 8 models without navigation system 4 39 Clockset 0 00000 a uae 4 8 4 39 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Cold weather driving 5 24 Compact disc CD player i teu tee es ow te ee 4 40 4 46 4 52 4 58 Compass display s a a x ea se isad 2 ace 2 6 Console box naoa 2 38 COnsole light sa saa 228 a Ee aa e i 2 45 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Transmission selector lever lock release 5 13 C
114. 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position The CD DVD insert slot is located be hind the display screen To insert a CD press the OPEN TILT button on the audio unit The display screen will automatically move down to expose the CD DVD insert slot Insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and begin play ing To return the display screen to its upright position after the CD is inserted press the OPEN TILT button again If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the compact disc DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pressed with the compact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play ld gt P Seeking button When the 44 side of the seeking button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press sev eral times to skip back through tracks The com pact disc will go back the number of tim
115. 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switch Y or 4 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks Vv vy Menu control switch ENTER button Type C switch only While the display is showing a map or audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 XM if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category Press the ENTER button to show the XM Menu iPod Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER butto
116. 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section lt gt Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END _ button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode in this sec tion 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND button To select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the l button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seco
117. 6 13 Vehicle security system 2 25 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 26 3 3 5 9 Ventilators 6 04589 04 bay o oo oe eee GS 4 18 MOOG a 5 6 a Ee a O i a A A 3 23 Voice recognition system 4 112 W Warning Air bag warning light 1 49 2 15 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Battery charge warning light 2 11 2 13 Brake warning light 2 10 2 12 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 12 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Low fuel warning light 2 13 2 14 2 24 Low tire pressure warning light 2 13 Low washer fluid warning light 2 24 Passenger air bag and status light Seat belt warning light Vehicle security system Warning labels for SRS Warning indicator lights and audible reminders a eaee Warming p s a eos aaa eer Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Weights See dimensions and weights Wheels andtires 0 4 Wheel tire size 2 ee ee When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country an oe ae oe a we Boe Windows Locking passengers windows Power rear windows Power windows 2 5 Rear power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch Windshield washer fluid Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch Wipe
118. 9 15 TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing 9 16 Technical and consumer information MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system must be used The Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR equals the combined weight of the
119. ADY mode When the Hybrid System is turned off It may be hard to depress the brake pedal or the pedal stroke may be short with the Hybrid System OFF This is not a malfunction Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control When applying the brakes you may hear a sound coming from the braking system This is normal AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or acceler ating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehic
120. Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid
121. Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or prop erty damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier
122. Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Soft ware or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or cat egories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its online services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS ORIMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RE SULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAM AGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and related content delivery For more infor mation visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and servi
123. Drive your vehicle with smooth accelera tion and deceleration While driving energy is recovered through the regenerative brake as the vehicle decel erates However for most efficient use do not accelerate or decelerate your vehicle more than necessary Avoid abrupt acceleration and deceleration The power of the high voltage battery can be checked on the high voltage battery status meter See High voltage battery status meter in this section for details Gradual or non abrupt acceleration and deceleration will make more effective use of the traction motor without having to use gasoline engine power When parking be sure to place the shift selector in the P Park position While driv ing place the shift selector in the D Drive position The Hybrid System recharges the high volt age battery as necessary However the Hy brid System can not charge the high voltage battery when the transmission is in the N Neutral position even if the engine is run ning e f the high voltage battery becomes dis charged the engine will run for a longer period of time Do not keep the transmission in the N Neutral position with the system in the ready mode NOTE The gasoline engine starts and stops auto matically It may stop during low load driv ing deceleration or when the vehicle is stopped As long as the READY light remains on you can drive your vehicle using the traction motor even with the gaso
124. EPTION Range FM range Is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from trans
125. ERPE ASA RATAR aotedes EARTEN 2 38 CONSOLE DOK rreri ne eadeauecesaaeerteskeaiea es 2 38 Covered storage bOX wis cece eee e eee ee dened ees 2 39 Grocery HOOKS cae okcs4ped str Ean ENE REER 2 39 Cargo net if so equipped cece eens 2 39 VVINGOWS cen coe ces woes ee ues cress E E 2 40 Power WINDOWS o0 0c0t00soantecieeaewedacededals 2 40 Moonroof if So equipped 0 cece eee nunn 2 43 Automatic moonroof 2accccweecees aeece ee nese ad 2 43 HNO HoN cess cdeewesesencekyeem AE 2 45 Console light if so equipped 0000es 2 45 Personal LigRiS eret resres ane gee eeeeseeeeeuerns 2 46 Map OMS ee jesse ee ensedaqeesneet rest EEA RARER 2 46 a aA S E E EE E E EE 2 46 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 47 Programming FlOMCLINK 4s 22 0i2eeeeneeeeeede 2 47 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSIOMG S 2 c0ukousteeont siideri nine awlaed ws 2 48 Operating the HomeLink universal WANSCOVED cn io tate ntewes anton E a S E Me 2 49 Programming trouble diagnosis 4 2 49 Clearing the programmed information 2 49 Rolling code programming lt e0erss02cseceecdaws 2 49 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 50 If your vehicle is stolen c c2ceeksedvetieniesysex 2 50 INSTRUMENT PANEL 7 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 28 8 Ignition switch P 5 7 9 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 33 10 Front passenger air bag status light
126. GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information
127. Headlamp assembly High mount stoplight if so equipped Trunk light Spoiler mounted stoplight if so equipped Rear combination light 9 License plate light po ae ae o0 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover fl Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation WDI0340 Vanity mirror light Use a cloth to protect the light housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 000 000 LDI0341 WDI0723 WDI0585 Step light Front map light Personal light Use a cloth to protect the light housing Use a cloth to protect the light housing Use a cloth to protect the light housing 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0320 High mounted stoplight rear window Trunk light WDI0343 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires Is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure fo
128. History Map Update Where am 1 Navigation Version Traffic Info Others Display electrical energy flow Fuel Eco History LHV00010 Press the INFO button on the control panel then This is an example of the Energy Flow display touch the Energy Flow key on the screen The Energy Flow display varies depending on the condition of the vehicle The graphic does not reflect the actual motion of the vehicle The Energy Flow will display When the vehicle is powered only by the traction motor When the vehicle is powered by both the traction motor and the gasoline engine When the vehicle is powered only by the gasoline engine When the vehicle is regenerating and charg ing the high voltage battery HEV Overview HEV 5 Information 7 20 Energy Flow Weather Info Fuel Economy History Map Update Where am 1 Navigation Version Others Display electrical energy flow Traffic Info Press the INFO button on the control panel and then touch the Fuel Economy History key on the screen HEV 6 HEV Overview History 7 20 60 40 20 o 30 25 Regeneration Energy Flow LHV00011 The Fuel Economy History can be displayed on the navigation system monitor The screen must be set to the Energy Flow mode or the Fuel Economy History mode This displays the vehi cle s average fuel consumption and regenerative electric power at 5 min
129. IN code key The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on connecting recommended cellular phones When the connecting is complete the screen will return to the Bluetooth settings screen 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone gt Vehicle Phonebook So MH Ya 8 00 Add New VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for your use Depending on your phone the system may automatically download your entire cell phone s phonebook into the Handset Phone book For the details on downloading your phonebook see Handset phonebook in this section If your phonebook does not automati cally download you may set up the vehicle phonebook for up to 40 entries This phonebook allows you to record a name to speak while using voice recognition 1 Press the wheel button on the steering Settings gt Edit Vehicle Pho Go MI Ful 8 00 Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad 2 Select the Vehicle Phonebook key 3 Select the Add New key at the top of the screen Choose the method for entering the phone book entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad Enter the digits and select the
130. N position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational The light also comes on when the power of the 12 volt battery is reduced or the battery cable is disconnected The light will turn off automatically after the vehicle is driven slightly for more than 5 seconds at above 22 mph If the light remains on have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer While the Vehicle Dynamic Control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display later in this section oo Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT position indicator light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator light shows the shift selec tor position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual OFF i The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used Front passenger air bag status light instruments and controls 2 15 For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re
131. N Voice Recognition System List of voice commands SORENESS RAN SRE A A 4 93 if SO equipped 6 ccc e es 4 112 Speaker adaptation SA mode 4 55 sie NISSAN Voice Recognition Standard Mode 4 113 Manual Control Penne eee teeta 4 99 DE 4 116 Troubleshooting guide cc rsccceseannnetenmeev ed 4 100 ies Rian 4 116 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with ae skis adie aaa ea cad Navigation System if so equipped 4 101 Giving voice commands s seee ee AMIO Regulatory Information n usanu nunnana 4 103 NISSAN Voice Recognition Alternate VOICE COMMANGS 2s nesnenesaaeeavaoweed ones 4 103 Command MIDOR este dreary eer eieatea res eeee oles Connecting procedure ccceceeeeeeeeees 4 103 Using the System ss 2d cee exes eu ced eetvaecues 4 130 Vehicle Phonebook 000ceee eee ees 4 105 Speaker Adaptation function 4 133 Handset Phonebook 0c eee eee 4 107 Troubleshooting guide ee eee ee ee 4 135 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or MAP 2 lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or DEST _____ 3 electric shock ROUTE r In case you notice any foreig
132. NE SCROLL knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder If there is only one folder of audio files on the USB device turning the TUNE SCROLL knob in either direction will re turn to the first track on the USB device 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models with Navigation System Connecting a device to the USB input jack The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Open the protective cover on the USB jack then insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack compatible audio and video files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system and center display screen When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is dis This USB device contains multisession contents Please select item to play Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents played Use the touchscreen to select the pre ferred type of file When there Is only type of file in the USB memory that audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts to play When you play a file with limited playing time the confirmation screen will be displayed before starting to play the file Confirm the playing time and select yes to start playing Audio file operation DISC AUX button Place
133. PARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0452 Type A Type B If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer LDIO0456 BATTERY REPLACEMENT NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces t
134. PI Certification Mark 2 Viscosity SAE OW 20 2 3 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Genuine NISSAN Matic W ATF 4 Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 6 Compressor oil ND OIL 11 6 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent SAE 5W 20 or 5W 30 engine oil may also be used However SAE OW 20 is the best choice for optimum fuel economy and optimum starting in cold weather Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic W ATF Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic W ATF will damage the eCVT Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer For further details see Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations For further details see Engine Oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because
135. SSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 21 Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 4 6 MPH 7 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that 1 or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However if the SLIP indica tor light blinks the road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving 5 22 Starting and driving TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS When accelerating on slippery surfaces the tire may spin or slip With the vehicle Traction Control System TCS sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle road traction When the TCS is operating the slip indica tor in the instrument panel blinks If the slip indicator blinks the vehicle is may be under slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully f a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instru ment panel As long as the VDC warning light is on the traction control function is canceled The vehicle will behave like a vehicle without the system AWARNING The Traction Control System is de signed to help maintain traction wi
136. System with Navigation System in this section For Bluetooth audio settings Bluetooth Audio in this section refer to Volume amp beeps settings Navigation volume For navigation volume settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual for infor mation regarding these settings Phone volume For phone volume settings refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation Sys tem in this section 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 8 00 Settings gt Volume amp Beeps Audio Volume L rccccsvccoey Q Guidance Volume PO rcccccccscel lereccecceseeg loceccccccoeeg C ies gt Use volume knob to adjust during playback Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Switch beeps With this option on indicator light illuminated a beep will sound if any control panel button is pressed XD BUTTON To change the display brightness press the amp d button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display 8 00 Settings gt Volume amp Beeps Switch Beeps Gudance Voice Use volume knob to adjust during playback Press and hold the 2 button for more than two seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on REARVIEW MONITOR if so equippe
137. TCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children System ssedueccvshosoreumeaseeaeace 1 19 Rear facing child restraint installation using LATOR aegre EESE eare RERET ESE rRAGE 1 21 Rear facing child restraint installation using Ihe Seat Mele sercsrr kaninin rni eRT reese TEELEN 1 23 Forward facing child restraint installation USING LACH exsseee deaarencaeerieteeceneeawns 1 26 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts siccav de savces siewe den eddeus 1 28 Installing top tether strap 00 0 e eee 1 31 DOOSte Sealse erii da wacreteternee week eeeas 1 31 Supplemental restraint system 0 0 cece ee eee 1 34 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYVSICM ected catch ccttwtd anensse stetseeueadecs 1 34 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 48 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on seat belt usa
138. TS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes acros
139. The following editing items are available wheel Entry 2 Select the Vehicle Phonebook key Changes the displayed number of the se 3 Select the desired entry from the displayed lected entry list Name 4 Select the Edit key Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen Type Select the icon from the icon list 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more information see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 HANDSET PHONEBOOK Many phones will support an automatic down load of the cellular phone s phonebook Since this method allows for up to 1000 numbers to be stored and entries are automatically assigned voice tags by the system this is a useful function for easy dialing supported by the Voice Recogni tion system Settings gt Phone Go im Ful 8 00 Edit Vehicle Phonebook Delete Phonebook Download Handset Phonebook Volume amp Ringtone Auto Downloaded 1 5 Add or edit phonebook entries Transferring the handset phonebook If your cellular phone supports automatic down loading the system transfers the handset phone book automatically by default To ensure that
140. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 The pretensioner system activates in conjunction with the front air bag system Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased within the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner sys tem the supplemental air bag warning light AF will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been placed in the ON or START position In this case the preten sioner system may not function pro
141. VOLTAGE BATTERY AIR VENT A CAUTION e Do not place objects over or into the air vent The high voltage battery may over heat and be damaged Do not allow any liquid to get on or in the air vent It may cause a short circuit and damage the high voltage battery Regularly clean the air vent with a dry cloth to prevent the vent from being blocked AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Appearance and care 7 5 Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includ
142. a turn the antenna rod counterclockwise To install the antenna rod turn the antenna rod clockwise and hand tighten A CAUTION Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation or the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe loc
143. a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the vehicle and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the vehicle Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0597 A Oil filler cap 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and Oil drain plug L Low marks This is the normal oper Me ating oil level range If the oil level is below Oil filter the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap CHANGING ENGINE OIL and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake a a a SS clea 2 Start the vehicle and let it idle until it reaches It is normal to add some oil between oil operating temperature then turn it off maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 5 Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the
144. aa cap properly may cause Always place the container on the s A the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light Do not use electronic devices when filling MIL to illuminate Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause Keep the pump nozzle in contact th SERVICE Malfunction Indicator Licht with the container while you are fill j NOE eae eat Ig ing it MIL to illuminate If the ENGINE light anes SOON 9 TILT OPERATION Use only approved portable fuel con illuminates because the fuel filler cap tainers for flammable liquid is loose or missing tighten or install the Pull the lever 4 all the way toward you and cap and continue to drive the vehicle adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the The E light should turn off after a desired position Lock the wheel by releasing the SOON lever and ensure that the lever has returned to its few driving trips If the ENGINE light original position does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a WARNING NISSAN dealer Do not adjust the steering wheel while For additional information see the driving You could lose control of your Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in Vehicle and cause an accident the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments TELESCOPIC OPERATION Pull the lever all the way toward you and adjust the steering wheel forward or back
145. ackward several tracks Press the SEEK CAT button gt I while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CAT button gt gt several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL RDM 1 FOLDER RDM OFF ALL RDM all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 FOLDER RDM all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRACK RPT OFF 1 TRACK RPT the current track will be repeated 1 FOLDER RPT the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied TUNE SCROLL knob If there are multiple folders with audio files on the USB device turn the TU
146. actory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Only certain SAE class S tire chains can be used on this vehicle Using the wrong Class S chains on this vehicle will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should use a tire chain that meets the minimum clearances for your vehicle Oj LDI0574 Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use a tire chain that is designed to provide the specified space between the installed tire chain and where the tire meets the rim 2 as shown on the chart Wheel size Minimum space required 16 in 7 in 17 mm A tire chain that provides the specified amount of space wi
147. ad this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light is located on the instrument panel above the radio controls The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag Is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of
148. air bag modules Air bag Control Unit ACU Supplemental front impact air bag modules Crash zone sensor Seat belt buckle switches on driver s and passenger s side Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Occupant classification system control unit Seat belt with pretensioner Side satellite sensor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators It also monitors informa tion from the crash zone sensor the Air bag
149. ake sys tem warning light come on when the Hy brid System is in READY mode and the parking brake is not applied Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service sta tion for repairs Otherwise have your ve hicle towed because driving could be dangerous ry Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so High temperature warning light red When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the high temperature warning light illu minates and then turns off This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system Is operational A CAUTION If the high temperature warning light illu minates while the engine is running it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high Stop the vehicle safely a
150. al Transceiver in the Instruments and controls section of this manual For information on the compass display if so equipped see Compass display in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual OUTSIDE MIRRORS AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 Electric control type Manual folding outside mirrors if so The outside mirror remote control only operates equipped when the ignition switch is placed inthe ACC or Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it ON position Rotate the control lever to select the right or left mirror Adjust the mirror to the desired position by moving the control lever Heated mirrors if so equipped Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped
151. al must be de pressed to move the shift selector from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the shift selector into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift selector from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged Do not leave the shift selector in the N Neutral position for a long period of time In the N Neu tral position the gasoline engine operates but electricity cannot be generated The high voltage battery will be discharged requiring unnecessary engine power to recharge Depending on the status of the engine before shifting into the N Neutral position the engine may not operate D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving B Brake low gear Downshift into the B position with your foot off the accelerator pedal to use engine braking while driving You may feel that engine braking is less effective than a conventional vehicle when driving at higher speeds Driving with the transmission in the B position for long pe
152. ale scan cunene erne EER A 8 15 Jump SIANO sisri parunid a EES 8 15 PAo E E hese E E E 8 15 Eor 0 2 lt ee ee ee ee ee E 8 16 Replacing spark plugS u242c2ccanetw se Geedueane 8 16 Pl GiGaNel sae ace suede gesee ease eee eases E 8 17 In cabin microfilter 22 30 lt 4 vec den Gewke Leewee BaRs 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0200220055 8 17 CICANING ra 6 cecteaded dene ener as05aee ene iiia 8 17 ReplaCING eeror e2c0eeenesekeotaneeeeestesesen 8 18 Ee e ah botereguen cee e tere E eee eens 8 19 Self adjusting brakes 0 00e eee eee 8 19 Brake pad wear indicators 00eeeeeeee 8 19 PUCCS sate E sehen Suee ence EEEE 8 19 Engine COMPANMEN 242 sncwiae epedde dacewaeane 8 20 Passenger compartment 0 00 eee eee 8 22 Battery replacement lt 6cseseeteehexseedeebenn sun s 8 23 NISSAN Intelligent Key 2 0005 8 23 li e ese see EEE eased A E E E E 8 24 PICMG M serens ers iacein esu TE EDENE EREE 8 24 Front park turn sidemarker light 8 25 Exterior and interior lights 8 25 Wheels and tires ccacuctsresedcewdedeke sedan edness 8 29 Tro Presse eeneeueecidewscabstcaetesescieee 8 29 Tre IADGINGs i eaueereaneenesaveuweeeecene econ 8 33 Types Ol Mhes 4c5 seen reece lesser su sere Enen 8 36 Changing wheels and tires 2 000 005 8 38 aE e ca ar eroea pea peeee E eu ee sero 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN has been designe
153. alfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally WHA0791 The sunload sensor located on the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO With the ignition placed in the ACC or ON posi tion press the PWR power VOL volume knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition should be plac
154. all groups the Special Dialing command The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number t j NOTE One eight zero zero t Its h The system repeats the numbers and ania S Say phone numbers as prompts you to enter more The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get The system repeats the numbers and information on how to use the system CONTROL BUTTONS prompts you to enter more six six two The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands six two zero zero Free Phone System are located on the steering e Say pound for Say star for avail wheel able when using the Special Dialing com l PHONE SEND mand and the Send command during a Passie E butoro niate call l a VR session or answer an incom See List of voice commands and Special ing call Dialing in this section for more information 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and give a command at once See List of voice commands and During a call in this section for more information hn PHONE END While the voice recognition sys tem is active press and hold the button for
155. allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compart ment to further improve the defogging per formance Rear window defroster switch For more information about the rear window de froster switch see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan control dial amp S manually control the fan speed left or right to Press the S OFF button to turn the system off Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button C amp to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the switch will come on The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEFor mode Air flow control Push the air flow control buttons to manually control air flow and select the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents 74 Airflows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Fi Air flows from defroster and foot outlets ty Air flows from defroster outlets To turn system off Press the S OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a m
156. and audible remind ers in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire p
157. anties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 dint SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You ca
158. arger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehi
159. argo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and Load limit Remaining available there will be five 150 Ib passengers 1 400 Ib R R x R a Pie atGeane l ggag in your vehicle the amount of avail 640 kg load capacity able cargo and luggage load capac 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib aoi ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 ko soc Ne or 640 340 5 X 70 Occupants Luggage LT10152 Example 9 14 Technical and consumer information 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the
160. at on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it ina secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints in this sec tion for head restraint adjustment removal and installation information Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with
161. ated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The console outlet is powered directly by the vehi cle s battery WIC1119 Console A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the Hybrid Sys tem running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS Instruments and controls 2 35 SEATBACK POCKETS The seatback pockets are located on the back of the driver s and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps 2 36 Instruments and controls LICO016 A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than 000 000 sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parki
162. ation about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and Icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than f
163. ation and stop your vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the 12 volt battery use a phone when the Hybrid System is in the READY mode 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Q microphone location Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have an ap proved Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless te
164. ation chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Version MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported Bit rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz versions 1 Version WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 Bit rate 48 kbps 192 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters Diesiavable chametercodsso 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 ic ian aaa UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will pl
165. ause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle GC 53 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action s t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate material The fol lowing advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswa
166. ause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 113 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 6 Incase of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver side center pillar 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk AWARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HYBRID SYSTEM STOPS OPERATING WHILE DRIVING AWARNING If the Hybrid System stops operating while driving the power assist for the
167. ay correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright r 7 i Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit i Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips ein coat w specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there next song when playing will be approximately
168. be used for iPod opera tions See iPod player operation without Navi gation System later in this section for details about the function of this button FM AM SAT radio operation AM FM button Press the AM FM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM If another audio source is playing when the AM FM button is pressed the audio source play ing will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will begin playing The FM stereo indicator STEREO is shown on the screen during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio auto matically changes from stereo to monaural re ception SAT band select Pressing the AUX button will change the band as follows AUX XM1 XM2 AUX satellite if so equipped When the AUX button is pressed while the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed to turn the radio on When the AUX button is pressed the satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the AUX button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio stat
169. ble Transmission eCVT To tow a vehicle equipped with an eCVT an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical an
170. both a child and another passenger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seri ously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose obj
171. braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces When the ABS is operating the SLIP indicator light in the instrument panel will blink Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illumi nates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NI
172. cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solu tions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine and inverter are cold If the cool ant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the en gine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded nev
173. cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the amp button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminat
174. ce may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 778 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pend ing Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trade marks of Gracenote BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio device that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Go M1 Ful 8 00 Settings gt Bluetooth Replace Connected Phone Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Connect Bluetooth key Settings gt Bluetooth odmYu 8 00 Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No Yes 4 A screen will appear asking if you are con necting the device to use with the hands free phone system Select the No key Settings gt Connect Bluetooth 8 00 Start c
175. chnology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone mod ule Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting instructions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it
176. ck key Settings gt Audio Adjust bass Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 8 00 Settings gt Audio Display album cover art When an audio source encoded with album cover art is played the album cover art can be displayed on the screen To toggle this feature on or off touch the Display Album Cover Art key When the feature is activated the amber indica tor next to the word ON will illuminate Artist XXXAXAXXX Album XXXXAXXX Track XXXXXXXX Folder Track CD DVD or USB with compressed audio files While listening to a CD or compressed audio files certain text might be able to be displayed when CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or compressed audio files are encoded the following text might be displayed Folder displays the name of the current folder being accessed File displays the name of the file currently playing 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Song displays the ID3 encoded tag of the song name Album displays the ID3 encoded tag of the album name Artist displays the ID3 encoded tag of the artist s name Some of this text might not display while playing a regular CD FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM band select Pressing the FM AM button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM When the FM AM button is pressed while the ignition switch is
177. cle could lead to mechanical damage 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE
178. cle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course Setting Display LHA1272 Type A Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Display Adjustment 8 00 Display 4 Brightness X Contrast Backgroud Color LHA1238 Type B ADJUSTING THE SCREEN The procedure for adjusting the quality of the screen differs depending on the type of screen present on the vehicle For vehicles without a touch screen Type A To adjust the Brightness and Contrast press the ENTER button on the audio sys tem repeatedly until the desired setting is displayed Use the TUNE SCROLL knob to adjust the display to the desired level Do not adjust the Brightness or Contrast of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving For vehicles with a touch screen Type B To adjust the Brightness Contrast Display ON OFF and Color of the RearView Mon
179. cles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer eCVT fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home Your vehicle is not designed to be flat towed with all four wheels on the ground A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e DO not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground This may cause serious damage to your vehicle e DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Do ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Electronically controlled Continuously Varia
180. commands in the category are displayed 6 Select a voice command to train The Voice Recognition system starts 7 The system requests that you repeat a com mand after a tone This command is also displayed on the screen 8 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from C to B Speak the command that the system requested 9 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Press the x amp switch or select the Back key to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on 4 134 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the Voice Recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Displays COMMAND NOT RECOG NIZED or the system fa
181. contrast of objects is low at night pressing the SETTING button or ENTER button may not change the brightness Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 VENTS Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night lf dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to cea clean the camera This will cause discolora _ tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use body wax on the camera window WHA0736 WHA0737 If body wax does get on the camera window Right and Left Center wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent ened with mild detergent diluted with water poe or howe CMe teen woe el slides Open or close the vents by using the dial Move the dial toward the to open the vents or toward the EI to close them 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Rear if so equipped WHA0688 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic oe ee oe Se 6 Driver temperature control dial AWARNING Air flow control buttons Passenger temperature control dial DUAL button The air conditioner cooling func
182. controls instead of speaking voice commands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Re cent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END _ button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND CEL button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END 4 button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number tr
183. curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the ve hicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not over react 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away
184. d When the shift selector is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows the view directly to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground The RearView Monitor is a convenience but itis not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up e Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled beside the license plate light When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance a
185. d Eariy Good Late Start of speaking LHA1328 To initiate a practice session access the User Guide and select the Let s Practice key Follow the on screen prompts until the session is com plete After the session is completed a screen will be displayed that shows an analysis of differ ent elements of your speech Select the Try Again to repeat the session if improvement is needed Select the Done key to return to the User Guide screen 8 00 Information gt User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly Select Help on Speaking 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Settings gt Voice Recognition 8 00 Guide the usage of Voice Recognition Voice recognition settings The available settings of the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition system are described 1 Select Voice Recognition 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the
186. d consumer information Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Nev
187. d consumer information 9 23 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 24 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warr
188. d it down until the desired window position is reached 1 To close the window pull the switch to the first detent and continue to hold it up until the desired window position is reached 2 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Instruments and controls 2 41 of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down only driver s side shown to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window auto matically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is Closing 2 42 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function If the control unit detects something caught in the window as It is closing the window will be imme diately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is placed
189. d lights come on at the normal brightness levels or that other accesso ries such as the audio system come on Push the ignition switch to turn the Hybrid System on lf the lights do not dim or the accessories do not turn off see Emergency start in this section lf the lights become dim or the accessories turn off check the following 1 Check that the 12 volt battery terminals are tight and clean See 12 volt Battery in the Maintenance and do it yourself section The battery is located on the right hand side of the trunk behind an access panel If the 12 volt battery terminals are loose contact your NISSAN dealer 2 If the 12 volt battery terminals are tight and clean try to jump start the vehicle See Jump starting in this section EMERGENCY START When the Hybrid System cannot be started the following procedure can be used if the Hybrid System and POWER switch function normally 1 Put the transmission in P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ACC posi tion 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Push and hold the ignition switch for about 15 seconds Even if the Hybrid System starts using this procedure the system may be malfunctioning Do not continue to use this emergency procedure to start the sys tem Have the vehicle checked by your NISSAN dealer If the Hybrid System still does not start contact you NISSAN dealer JUMP STARTING To start the Hybrid System
190. d to have mini mum maintenance requirements with long ser vice intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular mainte nance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehic
191. dal depressed and move the shift selector into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion 4 Stop the vehicle completely before shifting the selector to the P Park position The eCVT is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position Starting and driving 5 11 The shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK or ACC position 5 12 Starting and driving To move the shift selector Push the button while depressing the brake pedal E gt Push the button to shift O gt Shift without pushing button Shifting After starting the vehicle fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector from P Park to any of the desired shift positions A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift selec tor is in any position while the READY light is OFF Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park selector position when the ve hicle is parked or when turning the Hybrid Sys tem ON Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake ped
192. dditive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend u
193. der the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioners must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioners should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pretensioners cannot be repaired 1 49 The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemen tal air bag or pretensioners or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Incor rect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel ne can eeuddderetceedegicwteeeeea ds 2 2 Meters ald Gauges ws ccns ince tentead dene vedere 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ece eens 2 4 Power meter ox ceccvexcwoved eentaste tes eaawen 2 4 High voltage battery status meter 2 5 Fuel GaWg Ge sec co weer er ibera Nenenn a nE ENEE 2 5 Compass display if so equipped 000e eee 2 6 Compass display secs cutisevesdewecekante shes ce 2 6 Warning indicator lights and au
194. des a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door
195. designed not to operate if the shift selector is not in the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch in the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the igni tion switch to start the Hybrid System The READY light will illuminate on the meter NOTE When starting the Hybrid System at very low outside temperatures the READY light will flash and it may take longer for the READY light to illuminate The engine may not start even with the READY light illuminated Once the READY light is illuminated you may begin driving the vehicle You may hear a sound in the engine com partment when the brake pedal is de pressed with the Hybrid System off This does not indicate a problem When the Hybrid System is started or stopped you may hear a sound coming from the high voltage battery located un der the rear seats This does not indicate a problem When the Hybrid System is started or stopped or while the vehicle is idling you may hear a sound coming from the trans mission This does not indicate a prob lem When the gasoline engine is started or stopped with the Hybrid System on you may feel a vibration and hear a rattling sound This does not indicate a problem To turn off the Hybrid System shift the shift selector to the P Park position and place the ignition switch to the OFF position DRIVING THE VEHICLE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION eCVT AWARNING
196. dible reminders 2 9 CHECKING DUIDS 2 hatyc5ue waees tere sadekeeenees 2 9 Warning NOMS cea toenig ceeceaeeter cence seeene 2 10 Mde ator MORES essere natera Enean E E 2 19 Audible reminders secu ccwsceieewsiwed goede ends 2 17 Vehicle information display 02 005 2 18 How to use the vehicle information display 2 18 SECUNILY SYSTEMS serrer resis hd wee ead 2 25 Vehicle security system 00 cece eee eee 2 25 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Switch ODEON 6 Gwsste nese adevadaceeneueds 2 28 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped deroster SWUCh noc ccieecahen ces Aar N 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 00 00 e eae eee 2 29 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 31 Instrument brightness control 005 2 32 Turn signal switch 22s eeu cc seeseeesevecietane ds 2 32 Hazard warning flasher switch 00 0000 2 33 POM et seett eu chenceycesee nea snde eer ven eeas eee ss 2 33 Heated seats if so equipped cece eee eee 2 34 Power outei cxccncdea teat cee eoneae ede eee ae ahead 2 34 S a ope conden EE era deena ceee hare N 2 35 WADOCKGS at2usemeses aeri eA ade 2 35 Seatback pockets 0c cece cece eens 2 36 Sunglasses holder 0 ccc cence eee eens 2 36 Sedis o e ced cnetee E E E 2 37 GlOVE DOK priro rinst
197. dicator This indicator illuminates when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator illuminates remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Maintenance and do it yourself section SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle may have two types of security sys tems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or Instruments and controls 2 25 exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park i
198. e F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT FRONT x SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL AVANT NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL REAR ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants 2 and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs Le poids combin des occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ib Tire and loading information label Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit See Vehicle load ing information in the Technical and consumer Information section 3 Original tire size
199. e data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with Technical and consumer information 9 25 the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment Is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data
200. e surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition press and release the ot button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted lf you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system I
201. e air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wir ing harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belts with pretensioners front seats AWARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused af ter activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer
202. e and voice recognition systems CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD CD DVD combination player models with Navigation System e Do not force a disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CDs DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with finger prints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CDs DVDs are not guar anteed to play
203. e and voice recognition systems 4 93 If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the x button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the amp F button
204. e control main switch is pushed The indicator turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator illuminates the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Hybrid System operation indicator ignition switch placed in the LOCK or ACC position This indicator illuminates when the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF ACC or ON position with the shift selector in the P position This indicator means that the Hybrid System will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed EV mode indicator This indicator illuminates when the Hybrid Sys tem is READY without the engine idling or when the vehicle is driven without the gasoline engine running NISSAN Intelligent Key insertion indica tor This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key needs to be inserted into the Intelligent Key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged If this indicator illuminates insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See Push button ignition switch in the Starting and driving section NISSAN Intelligent Key removal in
205. e electric ity This may damage the Hybrid System components and cause a fire A CAUTION Never tow this vehicle with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is nec essary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing with the front wheels on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and secure the steering is wheel in a straight ahead position TOWING RECOMMENDED BY with a rope or similar device NISSAN Move the shift selector to the N Neu NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed tral position with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 12 Incase of emergency When towing hybrid vehicles with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious per sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the
206. e items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Turn off the engine Technical and consumer information 9 21 To drive away s oR WO N Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from
207. e lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0738 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position fi
208. e of the background arrows and bars will change for all screens accordingly You can choose a black blue or red color theme 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 8 00 Clock Format 24h e ON onset how Lo Settings gt Clock orsetti CA omin gt Y Eastern Daylight Savings Time Time Zone 176 Clock The following display will appear after pressing the SETTING button then selecting the Clock key On screen Clock When this item is enabled indicator light illumi nated a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is enabled indicator light illumi nated the clock format will change from the default 12 hour display to a 24 hour display Offset hour Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing the hours Offset minute Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing the minutes Daylight Savings Time When this item is enabled indicator light illumi nated daylight savings time is on To turn off the daylight savings time touch the ON key the amber indicator light will go out Settings gt Time Zone Atlantic ON Newfoundland ON 1 8 Time Zone Select the Time Zone key the Time Zone screen will appear Select one of the following zones depending on the cur
209. e procedures listed below a Select the Reject Call key on the display b Press and hold the phone buttononthe steering wheel switches Phone im Yu 8 00 Call in Progress amp 0 04 Use Handset F XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hang up Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Brings up a keypad enter digits when needed For example entering your PIN number for voice mail NOTE Pushing the TALK switch on the steering wheel during a call allows num bers and digits to be sent using Voice Rec ognition Cancel Mute This will appear after the Mute key is selected Mute will be cancelled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter press the volume control switch located on the steering wheel switches or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Phone m Yu 8 00 Call in Progress amp 0 04 Use Handset F XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX ENDING A CALL To finish the call perform one of the following procedures Select the Hang up key on the Call in Progress display e Push the switc
210. e the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Ready operation indicator light green The ready indicator light illuminates when the Hybrid System is powered and the vehicle may be driven Security indicator light This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF LOCK or ACC position The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section SLIP Slip indicator light This indicator light will blink when the traction control system Vehicle Dynamic Control System or Anti lock Braking System is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate lig
211. e type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Locate the two fuse blocks All Hybrid Sys tem component fuses are located in fuse panel A all other fuses are located in 4 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 5 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment 6 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 7 lf anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 PASSENGER COM
212. ects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian prov
213. ed audio files are not shown in the display f there is a file in the top level of the disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order FOLDER lt COMPRESSED AUDIO FILES WHA1374 Playback order chart Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL USB 2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista operating system based computer are not supported Supported file systems UDF Bridge UDF 1 02 ISO9660 UDF 1 5 UDF 2 0 VDF 1 5 VDF 2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz WMA 2 WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ S ted vee ene Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Bit rate 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz Bit rate 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ATRAG ATRAC3 ATRAC3 Plus ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER 2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and artist name WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for
214. ed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO REC
215. ed off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio automatically changes from stereo to monaural reception A W TUNE FF REW tuning button Press the TUNE FF REW button 4 or Y for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold the tuning buttons down A W SEEK tuning button Press the SEEK TRACK button 4 or Y to tune from high to low or low to high frequen cies and stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning button Press the SCAN button SCAN illuminates in the display window Scan tuning begins from low to high frequencies Scan tuning stops for 5 sec onds at each broadcasting station that has suffi cient signal strength When scanning SCAN blinks in the display Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period stops scan tuning and the radio remains tuned to that station Station memory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM and AM radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of AM or FM stations 1 Press the PRESET A B C button to change between storage banks The radio displays the icon A B or C to indicate which set of presets are active 2 Tune to the desired station using manual TUNE or SEEK tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when
216. ed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position 2 44 Instruments and controls Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION
217. efill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty A CAUTION If the low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display indicator while driving with the low fuel level refill the fuel tank immediately and start the hybrid system Do not attempt to start READY mode and or drive the vehicle if the fuel tank is empty The engine will not be able to start to re charge the high voltage battery and the high voltage battery will become dis charged and may become damaged or rendered inoperable if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE the ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel immediately After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL later in this section instruments and controls 2 5 COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the direction of the vehicle s heading With the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Push and hold the Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass read
218. ehicles equipped e ee E E eae a HEV 5 Starting the Hybrid System 0 cece ees HEV 7 Efficient use of your vehicle 2 HEV 7 Hybrid vehicle precautions 000e eee eee HEV 8 High voltage components 0000ees HEV 8 Hybrid vehicle characteristics HEV 9 HYBRID SYSTEM The Hybrid System combines the power of a gasoline engine and an electric motor to minimize fuel consumption and emissions Depending on driving conditions the vehicle runs on a combination of the gasoline engine and the electric motor whichever is best for those condi tions Because the gasoline engine charges the high voltage battery as needed the battery does not have to be charged from an outside source like an all electric vehicle HEV 2 HEV Overview HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY AWARNING Your vehicle contains a sealed Nickel Metal hydride high voltage battery If dis posed of improperly it is hazardous to the environment and there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in serious injury or death The high voltage battery is used to drive the electric motors in the Hybrid System The high voltage battery has a limited service life Contact your NISSAN dealer for information about recycling or disposal of the battery HIGH VOLTAGE CAUTIONS AWARNING The hybrid system uses high voltage up to 650 V The system can be hot while and after starting Be carefu
219. elt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed WRS0700 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer LRS0662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Top tether anchor for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor A WARNING Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when
220. elts and supplemental restraint system WRS0799 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seat ing positions that do not have a top tether anchor 3 WRS0800 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seat ing position or a different child restraint LRSO671 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments WRS0697 Forward facing step 5 5 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child r
221. emperature Driver and passenger tem peratures can be set independently Press DUAL or turn the passenger temperature control dial to the left or right to activate dual climate control functions Turn the passen ger s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired passenger s tem perature Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution fan speed and A C on off are also controlled automatically e A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the defroster control button Y to turn the system on The indicator light in the button will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the manual fan control to HI e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the 7 control is activated the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculation mode automatically turns off
222. end your NISSAN dealer for servicing BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the filler cap before removing Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on if so equipped To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap
223. enger air bag and status light later in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRSO669 Rear facing step 3 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO670 WRS0762 Rear facing step 4 Rear facing step 5 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the c
224. ent panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents HEV Overview Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information HEV HEV Overview Hybrid System once steve ard Saeteaeteven ade eadale HEV 2 High voltage battery lt acesnrteoceatdaeernbeneee eee HEV 2 High voltage CaullOnsS lt cc20nrseneenedeeueewenw eax HEV 2 Road accident cautions 22sec per sie undacken Keyes es HEV 3 Emergency shut off system 005 HEV 3 Energy Monitors 21icaveasedas ded coestbe eee eden HEV 3 Power Meloi sae cnee eendeunetce terete dene HEV 4 High voltage battery status meter HEV 4 Energy flow vehicles equipped with AEL E aL E E cece acyeouaneees ee HEV 4 Fuel Economy History v
225. er Redial Call Back Speak Name A If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phonebook in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Speak Digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number in this section for more details Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing Monitor climate audio phon
226. er The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the sid
227. er System status can also be shown on the navigation system display if so equipped when the screen is in the Energy Flow mode or energy fuel history mode HEV Overview HEV 3 kw LIC1109 POWER METER The power meter indicates the total amount of power in the hybrid system For additional information see Meters and gauges in the Instruments and controls section of this manual HEV 4 HEV Overview HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY STATUS METER The gauge indicates the amount of power in the high voltage battery For additional information see Meters and gauges in the Instruments and controls section of this manual ENERGY FLOW vehicles equipped with navigation When you use this system make sure the Hybrid System Is in the ready mode If you use the system with the Hybrid Sys tem off ignition switch placed in the ACC position for a long time it will use up all the 12 volt battery power and the engine will not start Energy flow for various operating modes can be displayed on the navigation system monitor The screen must be set to the Energy Flow mode or the Fuel Economy History mode When there is no energy flow in the vehicle ies 7 20 Energy Flow 7 20 FUEL ECONOMY HISTORY vehicles equipped with navigation Energy Flow Weather Info The Fuel Economy History screen appears in the display with the navigation system when the screen is in the Fuel Economy History mode Fuel Economy
228. er Missing Titles to USB All Random ON Update Gracenote from HDD e Play Mode Edit Music Information Alters the play mode of the playlist Touch Edits the information of the songs in the the key of the mode you wish to apply The Music Library modes change the play pattern as follows Edit Information of Current Song Normal no play pattern is applied Edit Information by Album 1 Album Repeat the songs in the current album are repeated Update Gracenote from USB Device Transfer Missing Titles to USB Update Gracenote from HDD 1 Track Repeat the current track is re peated 1 Album Random the songs in the cur rent album are played randomly All Random all songs are played ran domly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Music Box gt Music Box Settings 8 00 Music Box gt Music Box Used Free Space 8 00 Music Box gt Delete Songs from Music Box 8 00 Saved Track 54 CDDB Version n Remaining Time 153 hr 14 min Music Box settings e Delete Songs from Music Box Delete music data stored on the hard drive To set up the Music Box Hard Drive audio system to your preferred settings touch the Menu key e Recording Quality during playback then touch the Music Box Set Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 tings key kbps The default is set to 132 kbps e Music Box Used Free Space Displays the number of tracks a
229. er change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations INVERTER COOLING SYSTEM The inverter cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional inverter cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING The temperature of the inverter rises to 140 F 60 C Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine and in verter are hot Wait until the engine and inverter cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escap ing from the reservoir The inverter reservoir is equipped with a pressure type cap To prevent engine and inverter damage use only a genu ine NISSAN inverter reservoir cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other t
230. er connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secur
231. ernatio Yul 8 00 E International Call Say the entire number or groups of numbers Say 0 9 pound star or pius Manual Controls To exit hold the TALK switch 5 Say 011811112223333 Voice Recognition gt Internatio Yul 8 00 E 011811112223333 a Change Number Help Manual Controls G Please continue or say Dial To exit nold the TALK switch 6 Say Dial 7 The system makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 NOTE Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process as well as the special characters such as star pound and plus 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE The Alternate Command Mode enables control of the Audio Climate Control and Display sys tems as well as additional commands for the Vehicle Information Phone and Navigation sys tems With this setting active the system does not announce or display the available commands at each step When Alternate Command Mode is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pushing the TALK amp switch Under this mode the screen for Standard Mode commands is not available on the display Please review the expanded command list available when this mode is active as some Standard Mode com mands are replaced Please see examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in th
232. ervice disconnect is used only when the vehicle is ser viced by trained technicians wearing personal protection equipment and is part of the high voltage system Touch ing the service disconnect can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death The hybrid system uses high voltage up to 650 V The system can be hot while and after starting Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature Obey the caution labels attached to the vehicle Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs The engine can start at any time without warning when the Hybrid System is in the READY mode If you must work with the Hybrid System in the READY mode keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from fans belts and any other parts that can move It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the
233. ery it may cause a short circuit and damage the battery High voltage parts and cables on the hybrid vehicles emit approximately the same amount of electromagnetic waves as the conventional gasoline powered vehicles or home electronic appliances despite of their electromagnetic shieldings Unwanted noise may occur in the reception of a mobile two way radio Charging the high voltage battery while driving is important The vehicle cannot run if the high voltage battery is discharged In the N Neutral position the high voltage battery does not re charge Leaving the transmission in the N Neu tral position for an extended period of time may discharge the high voltage battery The high volt age battery recharges when the shift selector is in any position other than N Neutral Repeated HEV Overview HEV 9 acceleration also consumes high voltage battery power resulting in poor acceleration Battery power can be restored by driving at a constant speed When you put the shift selector in the B Brake position and take your foot off the accelerator pedal engine braking will be applied However during high speed driving you may feel that en gine braking is less effective than that of an ordinary vehicle This is normal Because the vehicle is powered by both the gasoline engine and the traction motor you may hear a sound coming from the engine compart ment high voltage battery transmission or the regenerative brakes When
234. es they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage switch in the ON position and the Hy brid System in the READY mode for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust sys
235. es a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have a grommet hole incorporated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned 7 6 Appearance and care SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will no
236. es the button is pressed When the gt I side of the seeking button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played lt lt PPj Seeking Rewind and Fast Forward button Press and hold the 44 side of the seeking button or the PPI side of the seeking button while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed TUNE FOLDER knob While playing a CD with compressed audio files turn the TUNE FOLDER knob right or left to play the next or previous folder Artist XXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXX Folder Track CD menu Touch the Menu key on the display while a CD or CD with compressed audio files is playing to bring up a list of options Depending on the type of CD being played the following options may be available Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 CD gt Menu 8 00 CD gt Play Mode 8 00 CD gt Folder List e Play Mode This option allows you to alter the play pattern of the CD Touch the key of the mode you wish to apply The modes change the play pattern as follows
237. estraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 6 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stall
238. ether strap child restraint 1 21 Towing Flat towing 4 ash woe oe bs a ob Doh ow 9 23 TOW truck towing jc a6 wee ew ao 6 11 Towing load specification 9 19 Trailer towing 2 46484 6se 8a6a44 9 16 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 47 Transmission Driving with Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission ECVT saa tt Ph ee ee ee 5 11 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT fluid 8 13 Selector lever lock release 5 13 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country 0000s ae 9 9 Trip odometer ac 4646 ke w bow aw we oem 2 4 Trunk lid lock opener lever 3 18 TH OI aos ok ae a ee a 2 46 Turn signal switch 40846 a0ee we es 2 32 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 23 USB interface Audio file operation 4 61 4 63 Video file operation 4 64 V Vanity MINOT s s e 2a ed daia ee aw we a 3 24 Vehicle Before starting the vehicle 5 10 Starting the vehicle 5 10 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle does not start 6 7 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 23 Vehicle identification 005 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 0 050s 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 ee es
239. ey Lock Unlock Return All Settings to Default Auto Interior Illumination Select to turn on or turn off the illumination of the interior lights when any door is unlocked Light Sensitivity Select to adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left After selecting the item touch the or key to change the setting Light Off Delay Select to change the duration of the automatic headlight off timer After select ing the item touch the or key to change the setting The available delays are O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 seconds Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Select to turn on or turn off the wiper interval adjusted automati cally according to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within one minute When this item is turned to off all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock Select to turn on or turn off the door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch Return All Settings to Default Select to change all the comfort and con
240. f it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod The iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd generation f you are using an iPod 8rd Generation with Dock connector do not use very long names for the song title album name or artist name to avoid the iPod resetting itself iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system lt is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped under the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption While an
241. f you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the
242. f you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback press the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the amp button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the amp f button and after the tone say Call Redial NOTE The combined command of Call and a Name cannot be used How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty Example 1 555 1212 123 two hundred and One five five five one two one two star NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two one two three manaren Say plus for available only when using Numbers can be spoken in sm
243. formation such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to Loading Information label The label is located as the underside of the hood as shown shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 Use the following steps to mount the front license plate C Make a shallow hole in each plastic finisher at the location mark small dimple using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill To avoid damaging the threads behind the finisher apply only light pressure to the drill 2 Mount the license plate bracket using two 10 mm slotted Phillip head screws 9 12 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING it is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat bel
244. g a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 _ button to select a dif ferent language Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 10 Press the l button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp F button The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded The system will announce that speaker ad a
245. g and driving section of this manual Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys To open the trunk lid push the opener switch down To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely NOTE You can open the trunk lid with the Intelli gent Key Refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in this section Cancel switch When the cancel switch located inside the glove box is OFF the trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch or with the Intelligent Key SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE To open the trunk lid from the rear seat fold down the center armrest cup holder to access the trunk compartment access panel Use your door key to unlock and open the access panel Pull the rear seat trunk release handle 1 To close the trunk push the trunk lid down securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 NOTE In order to remove your key from trunk compartment access panel you must close and lock the panel A CAUTION Do not leave the access panel open Do not store or place any items in the area behind the seats This area contains the high voltage battery and other high volt age components Storage of items in this area could
246. g system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave per manent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor pattern sen sor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Tampering
247. g the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door or trunk lid with the key or by pressing the M button on the Intelli gent Key The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk lid without using the key or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door or the trunk lid with the key pressing the button onthe Intelligent Key or press ing the request switch on the driver s or passen ger s door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the Hybrid System to start without the use of a registered key Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any
248. ge later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Forward and backward Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the bar to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehic
249. gine Check for the following causes and perform the assigned remedies The battery of the Intelligent Key carried with you is discharged completely Re place the battery with a new one The Intelligent Key carried with you is not registered to the system Use the regis tered Intelligent Key You do not have an Intelligent Key with you Carry an Intelligent Key with you 2 When the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position A chime will also sound Parking brake warning This warning illuminates when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven SHIFT P warning This warning may appear during the following conditions the ignition switch is pushed to stop the Hy brid System with the shift selector in any po sition except in the P position the high voltage battery drops because the transmission is in the N position the driver s door is opened with the shift se lector in N B or D If this warning illuminates while the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position move the shift selector to the P position or place the ignition switch in the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Cruise main switch indicator This indicator illuminates when the cruis
250. h on the steering wheel Settings gt Phone Go im Ful 8 00 1 5 Add or edit phonebook entries PHONE SETTINGS To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings press the SET TING button on the instrument panel and select the Phone key on the display Edit Vehicle Phonebook See Vehicle Phonebook in this section for add ing editing and deleting contacts in the vehicle phonebook Delete Phonebook Delete a phonebook stored on the system 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Download Handset Phonebook See Handset Phonebook in this section for adding editing and deleting contacts in the handset phonebook Settings gt Volume amp Ringto im ui 8 00 Ringtone ccccccecses Incoming Call lt J ccceccccces Outgoing Call C Ty yer Automatic Hold Vehicle Ringtone Volume amp Ringtone Adjust the volume level of the ringtone incoming call sound and outgoing call sound When the Automatic Hold option is turned on an incom ing call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings When the Vehicle Ringtone op tion is turned on a specific ringtone that is differ ent from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Auto Downloaded See Handset Phonebook in this section for information about automatically downloading the handset phonebook Settings gt Bluetooth o MYu
251. hard disk drive audio system 4 71 N NISSAN Intelligent Key aoaaa aaa 3 7 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer SVSIEM a i e ae ae RS e a 2 26 3 3 5 9 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 112 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer aoaaa e ee we eS 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuellubricams lt 4264 ieee aaea wa 9 2 Changing engine oll 8 11 Changing engine oillfilter 8 12 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 PRONE Ols s e saas aaa e ay ed 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity cea a ae wes 9 5 Outside mirrors aoaaa ee 3 25 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 10 Owner s manual order form 9 26 Owner s manual service manual order MONDANOD ac ace g a ee ee ee o e A 9 26 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 14 Parking parking onhills 5 18 Personal lights a oaoa aaae 2 46 Phone Bluetooth hands free SVSIEM 2 cora caci e ee a a Se ee 4 86 4 101 Power Power door lockS 3 5 Power outlet oaoa aaa 2 34 Power rear windows 2 41 Power steering system 5 19 Power windows saasaa aaa 2 40 Rear power windows 2 41 Power meter 0 00004 2 4 HEV 4 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 1 23 1 28 1 31 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Precautions on s
252. hat region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level 9 4 Technical and consumer information roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a s
253. hat the arrows on the touch screen may be used to move up or down on the screen and select more options Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections avail able for the current menu even if they are on multiple pages for example 1 7 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted for example Cabin lighting when unlocking doors 8 00 Energy Flow Weather Info Fuel Economy History Map Update Information Traffic Info Others Display electrical energy flow HOW TO USE THE INFO BUTTON Press the INFO button the display screen shows vehicle and navigation information for your con venience Energy Flow For information about Energy Flow refer to En ergy flow in the HEV Overview section Fuel Economy History For information about Fuel Economy History re fer to Fuel Economy History in the HEV Over view section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Where am I Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Traffic Info Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Weather Info Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Map Update Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding t
254. he mode in the following sequence Type A Switch PRESET BANK A PRESET BANK B PRE SET BANK C CD AUX PRESET BANK A These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C use the tuning switch Y or A to select one of the preset radio stations 1 6 Type B Switch AM FM XM satellite radio if so equipped CD USB iPod AUX AM When using the SOURCE switch the audio mode switches to the FM preset bank FM1 or FM2 or XM preset bank XM1 or XM2 that was last active To switch between the FM1 and FM2 preset banks or the XM1 and XM2 preset banks use the controls on the audio system These modes are only available when compat ible media is connected to the system Type C Switch AM FM1 FM2 XM1 XM2 XM3 satellite radio if so equipped CD DVD Music Box USB iPod Bluetooth Au dio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device This mode is only available when music has been downloaded into the Music Box system Volume control switch Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Vv A Tuning Type A and Type B switches only Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks push the tuning switch Y or
255. he bot tom of the case Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer e Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the base w
256. he cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry Record name O The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access out going Incoming or missed calls Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made t
257. he compact disc plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast for warding When the button is released the com pact disc returns to normal play speed dq gt I SEEK CATEGORY button Press the SEEK CATEGORY button M4 while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button M44 to skip backward several tracks Press the SEEK CATEGORY button Pl while a CD or MP3 WMA CD is playing to advance one track Press the SEEK CATEGORY button P several times to skip forward sev eral tracks If the last track on a CD is skipped the first track on the disc is played If the last track in a folder of an MP3 WMA CD is skipped the first track of the next folder is played several times SCROLL TUNE knob MP3 WMA CD only If an MP3 WMA CD with multiple folders is play ing turn the SCROLL TUNE knob to change folders Turn the knob to the left to skip back a folder Turn the knob to the right to skip ahead a folder RPT button When the RPT button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 TRK RPT gt OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK RPT OFF 1 TRK RPT the current track will be repeated 1 FOLDER RPT the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on t
258. he next folder is played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the TUNE FOLDER knob or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the touchscreen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 USB gt Menu Menu There are some options available during play back Select one of the following that are dis played on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains movie files The shift lever must be in Park P with the parking brake engaged to watch movies from a USB device Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables you to switch to the movie playback mode Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode using the touchscreen 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the USB memory is inserted press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys
259. he recommended viscosity engine oll See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift selector has been pushed as far forward as itcan go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 18 Starting and driving Never leave the Hybrid System in the READY mode while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Move the shift selector to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and mo
260. he remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the trunk are open or not closed securely When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Ay aA 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion WPD0359 Locking doors 2 Close all doors 3 Press the Key button on the Intelligent 4 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once 5 All doors will be locked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the A Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 min
261. he screen unless no pattern is applied RDM button When the RDM button is pressed while a com pact disc is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows CD 1 DISC RDM OFF CD with MP3 or WMA 1 DISC RDM 1 FOLDER RDM OFF 1 DISC RDM all tracks on the disc will be played randomly 1 FOLDER RDM all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the CD is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied AUX button The AUX IN jack is located on the CD player The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cas sette tape CD player MP3 player or a laptop computer Press the AUX button to play a compatible device plugged into the AUX IN jack The AUX button is also used to switch the audio system to a source plugged into the USB input jack in the center console When a device Is plugged into the AUX IN jack while another device is plugged into the USB input jack the AUX button is used to toggle between the two functions For more information about the USB input jack see USB interface in this section A EJECT button When the amp button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played When the amp button is pressed twice with a compact disc loaded the com
262. he top tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 31 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle sea
263. hen fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 13 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul de
264. hen handling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could significantly affect bulb life and or headlight performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped e Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FRONT PARK TURN SIDEMARKER LIGHT Bulb replacement requires the removal of the headlight assembly If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Headlight assembly Low Halogen H1 High HB3 9005 Park Turn 1157NA Step light 194 Rear combination light Tail Stop 3157KX Turn 3156 Backup reversing 912 Sidemarker 168 License plate light W5W High mounted stop light Inside 18 921 See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Front map light 8 B5 Rear map light 8 B5 Trunk light 158 Vanity mirror light HTU 14V Glove box light Spoiler if so equipped 1 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information 2 See a NISSAN dealer for assistance Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Rear map light Front map light Step light
265. her countries Compatibility The following models are available iPod 5th Generation version 1 2 1 iPod Classic version 1 1 iPod Touch version 2 1 0 iPod Nano 1st generation version 1 3 1 iPod Nano 2nd generation version 1 1 3 iPod Nano 3rd generation version 1 0 2 Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated Audio main operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the AUX button repeatedly until the iPod mode is displayed on the screen If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the vehicle audio system is turned off while the iPod is playing the iPod will start when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle s audio system display screen is similar to the iPod interface Use the TUNE SCROLL knob and ENTER button to navigate the menus on the screen The iPod MENU button on the vehicle audio system is used to move up one level in the iPod menus Depending on the iPod model the following items may be available on the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Playlists Artists e Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks ShuffleSongs Pe gt P SEEK CAT buttons 3 Press the SEEK CAT buttons M4 or PPI t
266. her jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per sonal injury 6 8 Incase of emergency q eee 5 5 AN 3 If the booster battery is in another vehicle F position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply the parking brake Move the shift se lector to P Park Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems lights heater air condi tioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped of the vehicle with battery for booster F Cover the battery with an old cloth to reduce explosion hazard 6 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il lustrated A A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 7 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for
267. hild restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 WRS0763 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections before in stalling a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 26 Safety Seats seat b
268. hild restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Teth ers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child Restraints section for more in formation NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section INFAN
269. his item Navigation Version Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding this item Other options For Voice Recognition settings refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition system in this section For GPS position refer to the separate Naviga tion System Owner s Manual Settings Settings gt Display Navigation Volume amp Beeps Display Display Adjustment Adjust navigation settings HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON When the SETTING button is pressed the Set tings screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Display Adjustment 8 00 4 Brightness Contrast Background Color Display settings Select the Display key On the screen above select the Display Adjustment key The Display Adjustment screen will appear 8 00 E C is e Push 2 to change modes Settings gt Display Adjustment Display Brightness X Contrast Background Color Brightness contrast Select the Brightness key or the Contrast key to adjust the brightness or contrast of the display background Touch the or key to adjust the brightness to darker or brighter and the contrast to lower or higher The new settings are automatically saved
270. his section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child See Child re straints earlier in this section for details Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Alway
271. hort time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil a
272. ht flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position or placed in the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelli gent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position and take the Intel ligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle Instruments and controls 2 17 NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section 2 18 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
273. htening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 2 through 4 LRS0674 jeu pA REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near BELTS the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the opera tion of the front passenger air bag See Front pass
274. i tor press the SETTING button and then select the Display key with the RearView Monitor on When the display adjustment screen appears touch the or key on the desired item and adjust the level Do not adjust the Brightness Contrast and Color of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving OPERATING TIPS When the shift selector is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor is displayed after the shift selector has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear View Monitor screen is displayed com pletely When the shift selector is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the
275. igital Versatile Disc DVD Player Operation models with Navigation System USB interface models without Navigation System if so equipped 0 eee eee ees USB interface models with Navigation SUC Lf ee ae ee ey er iPod Player Operation without Navigation System if so equipped ccc eee eens iPod Player Operation with Navigation System if so equipped c eee cece ee es Music Box Hard Drive audio system iso egupped lt 2 2cxeccnceuseceseunesuenceuees Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped CD care and cleaning 0eeeeee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control if so equipped ugesceucecreanecuctacanesacaces PUNE EEE te E E E E E EE TET 4 85 Makinig Callseceseuectseruceres uae are ureri 4 108 Car phones or CB fadiO sac ses isssscsresseeidirerii 4 85 Receiving a call os wand cts anaana 4 108 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Durno a Call s msacuceeteeesenes aout seuccaeuns 4 109 Navigation System if so equipped 4 86 Ending A Call cc ncacuecetacessadeaneacacesees 4 110 Regulatory Information sse sere reer eens 4 88 Phone settings s20nccneeunseweneiswesnpaev ends 4 110 Using the system 1 0 6 see ee eee eee ees 4 88 Bluetooth settings 0ccc cece cence eeee 4 111 Control buttons 1 1 0 eee ieee eens 4 90 Cal VOMINGs 5 odaay ninpa ASR 4 112 Getting started ECCREEE eS ecbeade Beane ee eeeden ee 4 91 NISSA
276. ils to interpret the command correctly The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in the phonebook 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Standard Mode command list or Alternate Command Mode command list in this section 2 Speak clearly using your normal speech pattern and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 135 MEMO 4 136 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0008 5 2 Three way catalyst eauee can etematenteee eee tees 5 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Ot road TECOVEIV lt a0 4065 ce soe wewnad a ieee ee nenni 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS 0 000 c cece e ees 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Push Button lgnition Switch cscacntn awd eestue
277. in the driver s door opening If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all 4 tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi Starting and driving 5 3 mately one minute and then remain cont
278. in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed ON If a compact disc is playing when the FM AM button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator STEREO will illuminate during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automati cally change from stereo to monaural reception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 satellite if so equipped When the XM button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the VOL ON OFF control knob is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio reception will not be available unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM satellite radio service sub scription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on TUNE FOLDER Tuning knob To manually tune the radio turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to the right or left da gt P Seeking butto
279. in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls 1999 1995 99 B 392 a 239 Bo 3 Changing the display Pushing the change button changes the display as follows Tip _A_ gt Tip B_ TripLA_ Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero POWER METER The power meter indicates the total amount of power in the Hybrid System In the start position 4 the READY light illuminates and the vehicle can be started and driven When the power meter is in the C range the Hybrid System is being charged The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY STATUS METER The gauge indicates the amount of power that Is left in the high voltage battery The ideal battery charge is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low R
280. in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete The power window automatically opens or closes depending on if the automatic down or up function is selected 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window function does not operate properly after performing the above procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance MOONROOF if so equipped ON DOOR OFF AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof wil
281. inces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0795 LATCH system lower anchor locations LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint 1 19 LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat b
282. ind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AWARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation a om ie LPD0469 Type A Without compass Type A and Type B The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the O button for inside mirrors without compass the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn off LPD0470 Type B With compass To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button for inside mirrors without compass the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn on For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see the HomeLink Univers
283. indicator light goes out Push the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory 5 16 Starting and driving the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift selector to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns
284. ine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be ad
285. ined in the Break in schedule information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fol low these recommendations for the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing September 2009 O5 Publication No OMOE HLS2UO0 Printed in U S A HL32 D
286. inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seat ing positions They can help save lives and re duce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occu pants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is ov
287. ing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies
288. ing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it ina secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints in this section for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it Is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0680 Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint ma
289. ings Feature 5 seconds Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section 2 6 Instruments and controls button for about 1 second when Push the the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass display on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The direction will be displayed Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 5 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display Release the button 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration t
290. injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sen sor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effec tive protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag 1 43 NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is
291. ink the aid of a sec ond person may make the following procedures quicker and easier 1 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the garage door opener Owner s Manual 2 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor unit which may activate a training light Instruments and controls 2 49 NOTE Following step 2 there are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3 3 Firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button a second time to com plete the training process Some garage door openers may require you to do this procedure a third time to complete the train ing The garage door opener should now recognize the HomeLink Universal Transceiver and acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if not yet programmed follow steps 2 through 4 in the Programming HomeLink procedures earlier in this section REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away
292. inuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving 5 4 Starting and driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After all 4 tires are inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside tempera
293. ion control system warranty 5 9 24 Reporting safety defects US only 05 9 25 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 25 Event Data Recorders EDR 00 cece nannan 9 95 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 26 In the event of a collision 5 9 26 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate US measure Imp measure Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 4 7 8 qt 4 at Without oil filter 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt change Cooling system With reservoir 2 gal 1 3 4 gal Inverter unit cooling system 7 8 gal 3 4 gal Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmis sion eCVT fluid Brake fluid _ a Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Windshield washer fluid 2 3 4 5 6 7 For further details see Fuel recommendation For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations Liter 75 6 4 6 4 3 3 2 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil with A
294. ion played will come on SCROLL TUNE knob Tuning Turn the SCROLL TUNE knob to the left or right for manual tuning lt lt gt Pi SEEK tuning Press the SEEK CATEGORY button 4 or PPI to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds SCAN will appear on the screen while the radio is scan tuning Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and six stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM FM select button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Compact disc CD player operation Place
295. ion properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Locking doors OPERATION 1 Move the shift selector to the P Park posi You can lock or unlock the doors without taking tion place the ignition switch in the LOCK the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag position and make sure you carry the
296. is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON posi tion have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 14 Instruments and controls If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could re sult in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pre
297. is mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased You can turn this mode ON or OFF When this mode is activated the Voice Recognition Settings will change to show more options Settings gt Others 8 00 Settings gt Voice Recognition 8 00 Settings gt Voice Recognition 8 00 cmon CS Comfort User Guide User Guide Language amp Units Alternate Command Mode Speaker Adaptation Voice Recognition Alternate Command Mode e on Minimize Voice Feedback Adjust comfort amp convenience settings Guide the usage of Voice Recognition Change the mode of Voice Recognition Activating Alternate Command Mode 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 6 Alternate Command Mode is activated and fc sah the setting menu is expanded to include the 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru 5 The confirmation Massage displayed on Alternate Command Mode options See ment panel the screen Select the OK key to activate Settings menu in this section for an expla l the Alternate Command Mode Eth 2 Select the Others key on the display nation of the options 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Displaying the command list If you are controlling the system by voice com mands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available
298. it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Re
299. j Handset Phonebook j Call History j Intemational Call To exit nold the TALK switch 4 Say Dial Number ac E G Please say the entire number or groups fl ee ah of numbers Manual Controls Please say the next 3 digits Dial or Manual Controls say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch LHA1334 LHA1335 5 Say 800 6 The system announces Please say the next three digits or dial or say change number 7 Say 662 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 You can only say a phone number using the Voice Recognition gt Dial Num Yul 8 00 Voice Recognition gt Dial Num Yul 8 00 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International 3 800 662 E 800 662 6200 Call command for all other formats and when special characters such as star pound and plus need to be entered f you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically G Please say Dial or say Change Number request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers Please say the last 4 digits or say Manual Controls Change Number lf the syste
300. k if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the CD DVD USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD DVD is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the CD DVD USB device or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts before the music starts playing playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the next song when playing player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Music cuts off or skips the desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on the USB device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 Compressed Video Files models with Navigation System Explanation of terms DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec o
301. kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to I
302. l Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 XXX XXXX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the grea
303. l advance forward or backward the number of times the respective key is touched Ki gt CM SKIP This function is only for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR Selectthe I or 4l key to fast forward or rewind a set interval of time based on the CM settings For more information see DVD set tings in this section Next Prev This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the or key to advance or rewind the still image The still image will advance or rewind the number of times the key is touched key to stop playing the DVD Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected while the DVD is playing the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instruc tions attached to the disc DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Displays the operation keys for the specific DVD menu Select the directional keys to move the cursor on the DVD menu Select the Enter key to fix the selected menu item Select the Move key to move the loca tion of the operation keys on the screen Select the Back key to return to the previous menu screen Select the Hide key to hide the opera tion keys Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions at tached to the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the
304. l of both the high voltage and the high temperature Obey the caution labels attached to the vehicle e Never touch disassemble remove or replace the high voltage parts cables and their connectors High voltage cables are orange Touching disassem bling removing or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death e Never try to remove the service discon nect located in the trunk on the lower right hand side The service disconnect is used only when the vehicle is ser viced by trained technicians wearing personal protection equipment and is part of the high voltage system Touch ing the service disconnect can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death ROAD ACCIDENT CAUTIONS AWARNING Pull your vehicle off the road put the transmission in the P Park position apply the parking brake and turn the Hybrid System off Check to see if there are exposed high voltage parts and cables Never touch the parts and cables See High voltage components later in this section for the locations of the high voltage parts and cables To avoid personal injury do not touch high voltage wiring connectors and high voltage parts inverter unit high voltage battery etc If exposed electric wires are visible in side or outside of your vehicle an elec tric shock may occur Never touch the electric wires
305. l only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The auto matic moonroof is operational for about 45 sec onds even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moon roof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open the moonroof push the switch toward 1 To fully close the moonroof push the switch toward gt 2 To open or close the moonroof part way push the switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding to stop it in the desired position Tilting the moonroof Close the moonroof by pushing the switch toward lt 2 Release the switch then push the switch toward gt again to tilt the moonroof up To tilt the moonroof down push the switch toward LS D A WARNING in an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Resetting the moonroof switch The moonroof switch may not operate properly and need to be reset if any of the following c
306. lds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion
307. le appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on tt You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches l
308. le at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
309. le is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position Seat lifter driver s side Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped for driver s seat Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the Hybrid System is not in the READY mode This will dis charge the vehicle battery Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped and the shift selector is in P Park Seat lifter driver s seat Lumbar s
310. le the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL ON OFF control knob Turn the VOL ON OFF control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle may be equipped with Speed Sen sitive Volume SSV for audio When this feature is active the audio volume changes as the driving speed changes Setting control knob Audio Display and Clock Press the SETTING button to adjust the audio display and clock settings as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Speed Sensitive Volume SSV if so equipped Brightness Contrast On screen Clock Clock Adjust Bass Once the desired setting is displayed on the screen turn the SCROLL TUNE knob left or right to adjust the chosen setting Press the SETTING button to move to the next setting or wait approxi mately five seconds to exit the setting adjustment mode Setting Audio BASS 1 Audio settings Adjust the bass treble fade and balance by selecting the desired setting with the SETTING button and then adjusting the level with the SCROLL TUNE knob Balance adjusts the sound between the left and right speakers Fade adjusts the sound between the front and rear speakers Setting Audio 8 00 SPEED SENSITIVE VOL 3 Speed Sensitive Volume if so equipped To change the Speed Sensitive Volume SSV level from 1 to 5 or to turn the feature off
311. lified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 YN Lien Z S P Wi Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occu pants However all of the information cau tions and warnings in this manual still ap ply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may 1 46 inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in cer tain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags
312. line engine stopped The gasoline engine may not stop auto matically in the following conditions During gasoline engine warm up During high voltage battery charging During high or low high voltage battery temperature HEV Overview HEV 7 HYBRID VEHICLE PRECAUTIONS HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS AWARNING The Hybrid System uses high voltage up to 650 V The system can be hot while and after starting Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature Obey the caution labels attached to the vehicle e Never touch disassemble remove or replace the high voltage parts cables and their connectors High voltage cables are orange Touching disassem bling removing or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death HEV 8 HEV Overview Air conditioner compressor location Electric power steering location 42V DC DC converter High voltage battery and 12V DC DC converter Service disconnect High voltage harnesses Traction motor location 8 Inverter unit The Hybrid System uses high voltage up to 650 V High voltage components are indicated in the illustration High voltage cables are orange The system can be hot while and after starting Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature HYBRID VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS PON gt co pi AWARNING e Pay special attention to pedestrians when the vehicle is p
313. ll provide the necessary clearance be tween the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be ad versely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 WDI0258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Wheel nut tightening torque 83 ft lb 112 N m The wheel nuts must be
314. ls Exterior Temperature mode The exterior temperature mode can be selected to provide you with the temperature outside of your vehicle Setting mode The setting mode allows you to set reminders or preferences for alerts maintenance intervals or language displays In the setting mode screen press O to move to Alert e Maintenance Display and press to select the menu ALERT SBACK ie TO REST gt ICY LAENTER NEXT Alert mode The alert mode allows you to set alerts notifying you of time to rest or icy conditions The time to rest alert lets you know when you have been traveling for a long time and may need a break The icy alert notifies you that icy driving condi tions may exist XXXX mya LO gt SETTING gt RESET GENTER NEXT Reset mode The reset mode can be selected in any screen that allows for preferences to be programmed Once the screen is selected you have the option to reset the selected distances or time to a new setting MAINTENANCE SBACK gt OIL FILTER gt ENGINE OIL gt TIRE gt OTHER GENTER NEXT Maintenance mode The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals for the following engine oil oil filter tires other Set a desired interval by pushing O to high light the maintenance field and pressing The reset mode will open up and allow you to enter the desired distance Instruments and controls
315. ls you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Phone Number Speak the digits Dial 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dialing See How to say num bers in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see
316. m side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 Flip up the anchor cover 1 from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat 2 Position t
317. m does not recognize your com 8 The system announces Please say the last 10 The system announces Dial or Change mand please try repeating the command four digits or say change number Number using a natural voice Speaking too slowly or u too loudly may further decrease recognition 9 Say 6200 Dial ay 11 Say Dial performance 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 NOTE You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not nec essary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition See How to speak numbers in this section 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition 8 00 Voice Recognition gt Phone Yall 8 00 Sy E 3 Dial Number 4J Navigation J Vehicle Phonebook sete 4 information W Handset Phonebook j Audio J Call History 4 Intemational Call To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch LHA0768 LHA1333 Example 2 Placing an international call 2 The system announces Would you like to 4 Say International Call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 access Phone Navigation Information Au dio or Help 1 Pressthe amp switch located on the steer ing wheel 3 Say Phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 Voice Recognition gt Int
318. maller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 ATRACS3 ATRAC3 Plus Adaptive Trans form Acoustic Coding ATRAC is a lossy audio compression format developed by Sony Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows Windows Media and Windows Vista are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Playback order Music playback order of a CD DVD or USB device with compressed audio files is as illus trated The folder names of folders not containing compress
319. mation regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT P Park po sition mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift selector in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake
320. mely deteriorated the Traction Control System may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may come on If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the Vehicle Dynamic Control system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the Vehicle Dynamic Control system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illumi nate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the Vehicle Dy namic Control system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may come on The Vehicle Dynamic Control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and driving 5 23 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry function on the intelligent key ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the a
321. methods listed in Step 2 except XXXXXXXX Dial Number dialing commences when the listed name is selected Dialing commences when OK is selected if the number is input ted manually The screen changes to the Call in Progress screen Dial Number 4 After the call is over perform one of the MAKING A CALL following to finish the call RECEIVING A CALL To make a call follow the procedure below a Select the Hang up key on the Call in When you hear a phone ring the display will Progress screen change to phone mode To receive a call follow 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The Phone screen will appear on the display one of the procedures listed below b Press the switch on the steering P wheel a Select the Answer key on the display b Press the phone button on the steering 2 Select one of the following options to make a wheel switches call There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen Vehicle Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Handset Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the handset phonebook 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call follow one of th
322. mitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Compact disc CD player models with
323. mportant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling VDC system if so equipped ground clearance body to tire clear ance tire chain clearance speedom eter calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system if so equipped and or inte
324. n For AM or FM Press the M4 side of the seeking button to tune from high to low frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station Press the PPI side of the seeking button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station For XM Press the M4 or PPI side of the seeking button to go to the first channel of the previous or next category 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the XM radio 6 for XM1 6 for XM2 6 for XM3 if so equipped 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the FM AM select button or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station the Ma4 PPI seeking button Press and hold any of the desired station memory but tons 1 6 until the preset number is up dated on the display and the sound is briefly muted using 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations List AM and FM Select the List key to see a list of the presets in the AM FM1 or FM2 preset banks Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51
325. n eCVT fluid 8 13 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 24 Energy flow ca mm ood we G He a ee HEV 4 Energy fuel history 06 2 4 94 284 20 HEV 5 Engine Block heater a 4 66 HG ede we 2 5 25 Capacities and recommended TEGIUDHICANTS s acs m Rit ok eK 9 2 Changing engine coolant naaa 8 9 Changing engine oll 8 11 Changing engine oillfilter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 10 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system 8 8 Engine oil 6 6 de 4 9 ee ee 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 12 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Enter DUON a sas seos So aaea ee oy 4 2 Event data recorders 9 25 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case aw a We ee e 2 36 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Plantes 2 oe amp 8 aoe Ee ace ee See ee 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 7 6 Fluid Brake fluid a a 4 4 6 ace Bn ae 8 13 Capacities and recommended TUGITMDHICAMS a s a soa hoe 2 ee we eS 9 2 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT fluid 8 13 Engine coolant oom amp on Ge eee ew Gd 8 8 Engine oil o su eee ee oe ee ee
326. n also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Always check with local I M testing requirements for Hybrid vehicles before taking your vehicle for testing The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the 12 volt battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M_ test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If your vehicle does not pass an I M test the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may not come on Contact a NISSAN dealer to prepare the vehicle for re testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacl
327. n object in the system hardware spill liquid on it INFO 5 or notice smoke or smell coming from SETTING 6 it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN a dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical C shock Display screen 5 INFO button P 4 5 MAP button 6 SETTING button P 4 6 DEST button 7 Volume control knob 8 ROUTE button e oF p D brightness control button 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper t
328. n of this manual TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle system may respond differently than expected The SHIFT P warning appears on the dis Shift the shift selector to the P position play and the inside warning chime sounds The shift selector is not in the P position continuously a l l The ignition switch is in the ACC position ete ENS nae SN EEA ERE When opening the driver s door to get out The inside warning chime sounds position of the vehicle continuously The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Key Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli port gent Key port When pushing the ignition switch to stop the Hybrid System The NO KEY warning appears on the Place the ignition switch in the OFF display the outside chime sounds 3 times The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position and the inside warning chime sounds for position When closing the door after getting out of approximately 3 seconds the vehicle The NO KEY warning appears on the dis The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift selector to the P Park play and the outside chime sounds and the shift selector is not in the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the continuously position OFF position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for appro
329. n on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF P4 or position Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located on the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sen sor controls the autolight if it is covered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the Hybrid System off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the gt d or 2 position the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au
330. n secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see If you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the intelligent key from the vehicle 3 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 4 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati 2 26 Instruments and controls cally shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the sys tem will not arm Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all the doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When placin
331. n should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt r
332. n teen weeex 9 6 SPCCHICANONS cccckt ce nadwevnagene wopeweaceaed beams 9 7 PRONG scurt cscensirni ierra didinn ri sane ARA 9 7 Wheels and tr S 2s cetacean nae ENER 9 8 Dimensions and WeIGNIS sci cower ecerre gees sax 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY erres cesaeee eee see sects cee gece ey 9 9 Vehicle identification 605 2 esawie eee seca seewey waien 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number Chass SnUMibel 2 s lt se2cnrae eke tnecnneseeanes 9 9 Engine serial number 0 02e000e 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 11 Vehicle loading information 22 05 9 12 TOUMNG eae sie Seekers reese neoedas E E 9 12 Vehicle load capacity 20220e eee eee 9 13 Loading TOS cctcccuaveceeccendsa bene nann Enei 9 15 Measurement of weights 2 2 5 9 15 TOWING a taillei Ga we or eatereseueeetaceseseearese 9 16 Maximum load limits scascceweeeetvewsessaduses 9 16 Towing load specification 0 0 e0ees 9 19 TOWING Sally 222cencseevekwes ee detect eneeae ee 9 19 BEURS e 2 2enhsueeateenese E 9 23 Uniform tire quality grading sses unana a 9 23 Emiss
333. n to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu DVD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the title number Press the ENTER button to select an item from the DVD display When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu USB Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu Music Box Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the album folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the Music Box Menu 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu ANTENNA The antenna cannot be shortened but can be removed When you need to remove the antenn
334. nd distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 They are indicated as reference distances to objects The lines and colors in the display indi cate distances from the back bumper line in the illustration 1 5 ft 0 5 m red 2 3 ft 1 m yellow 3 7 ft 2m green 4 10 ft 3 m green The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 8 ft 1 0 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it appears the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor farther than it appears Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehi
335. nd albums stored on the hard drive The percentage of hard drive space taken up and the amount of remaining recording time left are also shown Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box Hard Drive audio system automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e CDDB Version Shows the version of CDDB Compact Disc Data Base Gracenote NOTE The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guaran teed The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance gracenote Ld End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusicID Terms of Use This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Soft ware enables this application to do online disc identification and obtain music related informa tion including name artist track and title infor mation Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other func tions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not
336. nd controls CONSOLE BOX Upper half Pull up on the driver s side latch to open the upper half of the console box The mat if so equipped may be removed for cleaning The upper half of the console box may be used for storage of cellular phones An access hole is provided at the front of the upper half of the console box for phone cord routing to the power outlet Lower half Pull up on the passenger s side latch to open the lower half of the console box A power outlet is located inside the console box The mat if so equipped may be removed for cleaning Lo A a rS AY a LIC1597 COVERED STORAGE BOX GROCERY HOOKS The grocery hooks are located in the trunk and can be used to hang a standard size plastic AWARNING grocery bag LICO748 CARGO NET if so equipped Push the center of the lid to open Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or A CAUTION shifting In a sudden stop or collision un Do not apply a total load of more than 20 S cargo could cause personal Ibs 9 kg to a single grocery hook The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion instruments and controls 2 39 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected
337. ndeneen 0 8 Passenger compartment 0ce cece eee ees 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 Top tether strap anchor P 1 21 9 Rear seat belts P 1 9 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag P 1 34 4 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 34 5 Head Restraints P 1 6 6 Front seat belts P 1 9 7 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 34 8 Seats P 1 2 9 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 42 10 Seat belt with pretensioner P 1 47 11 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 19 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Power windows P 2 40 Windshield P 8 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 28 Engine hood P 3 18 Tie down P 6 13 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 29 Replacing bulbs P 8 24 Tire pressure P 8 29 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 37 Mirrors P 3 24 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key keys P 3 4 3 2 3 2 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Antenna P 4 85 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster switch P 2 29 Interior trunk lid release secondary trunk lid
338. nder the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two Raise the vehicle notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight In case of emergency 6 5 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could c
339. nds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone A The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own ers Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tel
340. negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or the transmis sion related component harness con nector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN se
341. nformation gt User Guide 8 00 3 8 5 Select an item Available items Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the Voice Recognition system Lets Practice Initiates a practice session that demon strates how to improve recognition by the system e Using the Address Book Tutorial for using the Address Book 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Finding a Street Address Tutorial for Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available Voice Recognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial for adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp switch is pressed before the initializa tion completes the display will show the mes sage System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN Voice Voice Recognition 8 00 Recognition observe the following 3 EF uy Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as eos possible Close the window
342. ng in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident LIC1075 Front CUP HOLDERS To open the front cup holders push the cup holder lid To close lower the cup holder lid and push down until it clicks in place The plastic insert may be removed to accommo date a larger cup size or for cleaning The rear cup holders are located in the fold down armrest in the rear seat back WRS0167 Rear A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident WIC1216 Soft bottle holder Soft bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 37 GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle When locking 4 or unlocking the glove box use the master key AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 38 Instruments a
343. nic alarm stops when thas run for 25 seconds or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key Pushing the request switch on the driver or passenger door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 ar ch Silencing the horn beep feature WPD0362 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key To deactivate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash 3 times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated To activate Press and hold the and if buttons for at least 2 seconds once more 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See the troubleshooting guide that follows and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls sectio
344. ning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section Instruments and controls 2 13 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch
345. nks the road condi tions may be slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control warning light in the Instruments and controls section Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light comes on in the instru ment panel As long as this warning light is on the trac tion control and the Vehicle Dynamic Control functions are canceled When the VDC system is operating you may hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise This is not an indication of a malfunction and indicates that the VDC system is working properly AWARNING The Vehicle Dynamic Control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs bushings and wheels are not standard equipment or are extre
346. not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door handle re quest switch to unlock the door 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for 30 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by performing one of the follow ing operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote controller Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening the trunk lid 1 Push the trunk opener request switch for more than 1 second while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 2 The trunk will unlatch A chime will sound 4 times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key When all doors are locked and the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION T
347. not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child re straints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant clas sification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or i
348. ntal restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Se Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional details see Supplemental restraint sys tem in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Vehicle Dynamic Control warning light The Vehicle Dynamic Control light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the O
349. ntelligent Key insertion indicator 13 NISSAN Intelligent Key removal indicator 14 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator Door and trunk open warning This warning illuminates when a door or the trunk has been opened when the engine is running Push warning After the Shift P warning illuminates the Push warning will illuminate if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC position when the shift selec tor is moved to the P Park position See Shift P warning in this section for additional information To turn off the Push warning place the ignition switch in the ON position and then in the LOCK position Low fuel warning This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it Is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty 2 24 Instruments and controls Low windshield washer fluid warning This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual No key warning This warning illuminates following two condi tions 1 When the ignition switch is pushed and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system If this warning illuminates you can not start the en
350. nti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system and Inverter cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant and Changing inverter coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve 5 24 Starting and driving hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of thi
351. nufacturer s in structions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRSO667 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRSO668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0698 Forward facing step 7 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm fro
352. numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook List Names Transfer Entry Delete Entry Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List names Use the List Names command
353. o skip backward or forward one track Press and hold the SEEK CAT buttons M lt or PPI for 1 5 seconds while a track is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an increased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the track returns to normal play speed RPT button Press the RPT button while a track is playing to change the play pattern as follows 1 TRK RPT ALL RPT RPT OFF 1 TRK RPT the current track will be repeated ALL RPT all songs in the current list are re peated RPT OFF no repeat play pattern is applied RDM button Press the RDM button while a track is playing to change the play pattern as follows TRK SHUFFLE ALBUM SHUFFLE SHUFFLE OFF TRK SHUFFLE the tracks in the current list will be played randomly ALBUM SHUFFLE the albums in the current list will be played randomly SHUFFLE OFF no random play pattern is ap plied Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped Connecting iPod To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB jack located in the center console Open the protec tive cover 1 on the USB jack in the center console Then connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end
354. o eject a DVD press the OPEN TILT button to lower the display screen Once the screen is in the lowered position press the amp button to the left of the CD DVD insert slot The DVD will be ejected DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Press the DISC AUX button until the DVD mode is active on the display When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed auto matically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button is pressed while a DVD is playing The operation screen will turn off auto matically after a period of time To turn it on again press the DISC AUX button 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems d cM lt lt DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the touchscreen to select an item from the dis played menus EE PAUSE Select the II key to pause the DVD To re sume playing the DVD use the gt key je Select the key to start playing the DVD or resume playing the DVD after it has been paused ne Select the E 44 gt NEXT PREVIOUS CHAPTER Selectthe PP key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward Select the M4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters wil
355. o the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeatin
356. ob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driv ing speed changes AUDIO control knob Bass Treble Balance and Fade Press the AUDIO control knob to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade press the AUDIO control knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the tuning knob to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO control knob re peatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If the control knob is not pressed for approxi mately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will automatically reappear Settings Navigation Volume amp Beeps Display Bluetooth Adjust navigation settings Speed Sensitive Volume SSV To change the SSV mode from OFF to 5 press the SETTING button Select the Audio key to display the audio settings screen Select the key or key to change the SSV level While in this screen you can also adjust the other audio settings by selecting the corresponding key Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level select the Ba
357. ock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional infor
358. of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the sys tem will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance NOTE When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero or oh If the letter O is included in the house number it will not be recognized as 0 even if you speak oh instead of zero Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Standard Mode command list Category Command COMMAND ACTION Displays Phone function commands Displays Navigation function commands Phone Command COMMAND ACTION Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized available during phone number entry 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Command COMMAND ACTION Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route for continental US and Canada only Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle locati
359. of the cable to the USB Jack on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its bat tery will be charged while connected to the ve hicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle remove the USB end of the cable from the USB jack on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available iPod 5th Generation version 1 2 1 iPod Classic version 1 1 1 iPod Touch version 2 0 0 iPod Nano 1st generation version 1 3 1 iPod Nano 2nd generation version 1 1 3 iPod Nano 3rd generation version 1 1 iPod Nano 4thgeneration version 1 0 2 Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 8 00 Q A Artist XXXXXX Album XXXXXX Track XXXXXX Shuffle Songs Repeat All Track 1 of 23 L 2 10 Menu Pil Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pressed with
360. oice Recognition Alternate Com mand Mode in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker Adaptation Function in this section Otherwise it is recommended that Alter nate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys tem for certain Phone and Navigation features you can switch to using manual controls touch screen steering wheel controls and the informa tion you have already entered by voice control will be retained To switch to manual controls select the Manual Controls key on the display when it appears The system will respond by speaking Changing to manual operation Please use manual controls to continue For the voice commands for the navigation sys tem refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle For vehicles in the U S the factory default setting is the Standard Mode See NISSAN Voice Rec ognition Standard Mode in this section For ve hicles in Canada the factory default setting is the Alternate Command Mode See NISSAN Voice Recognition Alternate Command Mode in this section NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The Standard Mode enables control of naviga tion phone and vehicle information With this setting active commands
361. oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the vehicle Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the vehicle off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level
362. on Address Book Searches for a location stored in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Information Command COMMAND ACTION Traffic Info Turns the traffic information system on and off Displays current vehicle location Audio Command COMMAND ACTION A X FAM Changes the audio system mode to AM radio PM Changes the audio system mode to FM radio XM Changes the audio system mode to satellite radio Changes the audio system mode to Music Box ce Changes the audio system mode to CD M FM M CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Voice command examples Some basic voice command examples are de scribed here For navigation system commands see the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition 8 00 Sy Uj Phone Wj Navigation Practice 4j information Practice F Audio To exit nold the TALK switch Example 1 Placing a call to the phone 2 The system announces Would you like to number 800 662 6200 access Phone Navigation Information Au dio or Help 1 Pressthe switch located on the steer ing wheel 3 Say Phone 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition gt Phone Yul 8 00 Voice Recognition gt Dial Num Yul 8 00 Voice Recognition gt Dial Num Yul 8 00 Sy J Dial Number 7J Vehicle Phonebook
363. on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated WAI0005 GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light if so equipped is removed first Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light Q Push toward rear of vehicle 2 Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the
364. onditions have occurred the moonroof has been manually moved the moonroof motor has been removed and reinstalled after the moonroof has been re positioned or adjusted the moonroof glass panel has been adjusted or changed or the electrical supply interrupted and or some malfunction has been detected Use the following reset procedure to return the moonroof operation to normal 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Push and hold the moonroof switch toward gt 2 Once the moonroof has reached the full tilt position release the switch Push and hold the switch toward Instruments and controls 2 43 the 2 position again After a delay of four seconds the moonroof will make a small movement and backup 3 Release the switch 4 Within 5 seconds of releasing the switch push and continuously hold the switch toward lt gt 2 The moonroof will move from the tilt position to the open position and back to the close position NOTE If the switch is released at any time during Step 4 the procedure must be restarted 5 Release the switch Do not place the ignition switch in the OFF position for at least 2 seconds The moonroof is now reset If the moonroof still does not operate properly have the moonroof system checked by a NISSAN dealer Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is clos
365. one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters Disolsvable character codecs 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 PA aaa UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide a SS Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Cannot play Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA AAC M4A or AA3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of charac ters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of the compressed audio file writ ing application or other text editing applications Chec
366. only in Alternate Command Mode Press the amp switch listen for the tone and say Help The system will respond by display ing the command list main menu Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 Information gt Command List 8 00 Information 8 00 Phone Colnmands Energy Flow Weather Info Navigation Commands isematon Command Fuel Economy History Map Update Help Commands Traffic Info Others 1 5 Push the TALK switch to start Voice Recognition Display electrical energy flow Information gt Command List 8 00 Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands 1 5 Push the TALK switch to start Voice Recognition LHA1342 LHA1416 Only manual controls such as the touchscreen 1 Press the INFO button on the instrument can navigate the command list menu panel As an alternative to the voice command Help 2 Select the Others key ovine ieee ne Com Mane tet Hsing wae IHE 3 Select the Voice Recognition key NOTE You can skip steps 1 through 3 if you say Help 4 Select the Command List key 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Select a category The command list for the category selected is shown If necessary scroll the screen to view the entire list Select the Back key to return to the previ ous screen Alternate Command Mode command list Phone Command
367. onnecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is 0000 Please input passkey 5 Enter a PIN of your choice It will be needed by your Bluetooth audio device to com plete the connection process See the Bluetooth audio device s owner s manual for more information Bluetooth Audio o mM 8 00 Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Settings gt Bluetooth o mm Yu 8 00 Settings gt connect Devic Do WY 8 00 Settings gt Audio Player SommYu 8 00 Bluetooth XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Bluetooth audio settings 4 Select the Audio Player key 5 A list of the connected Bluetooth audio players is displayed Select the name of the To adjust the Bluetooth audio settings follow device you wish to edit the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Connected Devices key 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A new disc may be rough on the inner and Settings gt audio Player o MYu 8 00 aac outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Device Name
368. ontrol panel buttons 4 2 Brightness contrast button aaa 4 12 Enter DUHOM s a si cated a aa eae 4 2 Setting button a aoaaa ae ec dead 4 6 Controls Heater and air conditioner controls 4 20 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 1 ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking inverter coolant level 8 10 Corrosion protection 04 7 6 Cruise control 0 6 d 08 da Ke ev ae ee aS 5 15 CAD holders es anra otwe dha ts eee OS 2 37 10 2 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 31 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWO ie e a ee ne ek a A 2 29 Digital Versatile Disc DVD player 4 57 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Do rlockS ssas cae we ot ee e e 3 4 Drive belt cs a soea oe toea a eee se a 8 15 Driving Cold weather driving 5 24 Driving with Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission CVI e u e e a ee E a ee A 5 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy TUCl s sa a woa dae anet ae 5 17 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT Driving with Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission OCV aa te hed a hee ee 5 11 Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmissio
369. options Minimize Voice Feedback Reduces the amount of the information spoken for each voice instruction Settings gt Voice Recognition 8 00 Command List Q User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode e on Minimize Voice Feedback e on Change the mode of Voice Recognition SPEAKER ADAPTATION FUNCTION The Voice Recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Press the SETTING button on the instru ment panel select the Others key on the display 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Settings gt Speaker Adaptation 8 00 Learning result can be stored deleted edited 4 Select the user whose voice is to be memo rized by the system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 133 Settings gt Speaker Adaptation 8 00 Push the ENTER switch fo select Settings gt Speaker Adaptation 8 00 Music Box Changes the source of the audio system to the Music Box Alternate Command Mode ON To exit nold the TALK switch Settings gt Speaker Adaptation 8 00 Continuous Learning User Name can be edited 5 Select a category to be learned by the sys tem from the following list Phone Navigation Information Audio Help The voice
370. or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number key 4 There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters Lowercase Shows lowercase characters Space Inserts a space 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Delete Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters e OK Completes the character input Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen 1 Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the center dis play screen in menus Whenever a menu selec tion is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen for example press the SETTING button gt then select the Comfort key Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen for example Auto Interior Illu mination etc Up Down Movement Indicator Shows t
371. ority to op erate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments OVS 6 E A E TEE O E 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key 2 000 00 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 3 DOO e ena wher e E E E we aa E E ET es cee 3 4 Locking with key csc cee3s200cceeeacetseeasan 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob 005 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Automatic door locks oucycetcuee roses teh ceeaeens 3 6 Child safety rear door lock cce eee e eens 3 6 NISSAN Intelligent Key 000 c eee eee 3 7 Operating ange 23c00ceve vieuetaaseeadernnews s 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution 05 3 9 NISSAN Intelligent Key Operation 3 10 How to use the remote keyless entry TUR CUCD a5 mitten ce anaes abit E EE E Maen 3 13 Warning SIQNGS lt 2cc lt sbeictceceteneee ene teadons 3 16 Troubleshooting guide 22 22 005 3 17 Hood ob be dea pecses cw ated eeeedec cde eee 3 18 ARG EEE E EE E E ae Gwen E airen ee 3 18 Opener operation s tapenoirenene cane eares 3 18 Secondary trunk lid release nnana 3 19 Interior trunk lid release 00 ce eee eee eee 3 20 PuUel tiller OOP 2 06 cc026 esa cae edtw eh iaie news nd eaen 3 21 Opener Operation env stnanns cierede cence eas 3 21 Fuel nller Oa sss ceseeecaseet4ckneatedeneees i 3 21 Tilt telescopic steering
372. ort P 3 2 Trunk opener P 3 18 1 Vents P 4 18 4 Meters and gauges P 2 3 moe 2 Headlight turn signal switch P 2 29 5 Driver supplemental air bag horn eter to pathy a ii 3 Steering wheel switch for audio control P 1 34 2 33 ais Manuali co SAUPPSA if so equipped Bluetooth Hands free 6 Cruise control main set switch See the page number indicated in paren Phone System if so equipped P 5 15 theses for operating details P 4 82 4 86 0 6 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS KAD 00ND T O 1 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 14 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Air cleaner P 8 17 Fuse fusible link box jump start location P 8 19 Fuse box P 8 19 Inverter coolant reservoir P 8 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 Radiator cap P 8 8 Drive belt location P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking Electronically Con System ABS warn trolled Continuously ing light Variable Transmis sion eCVT position indicator light AN area a Front passenger air red wee bag status light High beam indicator light blue Low temperature indicator light blue steering warning Malfunction Indica light tor Light MIL Electric powe
373. osition the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds ROLLING CODE PROGRAMMING Rolling code garage door openers or other roll ing code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be deter mined by the following Reference the garage door opener Owner s Manual for verification The hand held transmitter appears to pro gram the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the garage door Press and hold the trained HomeLink but ton If the garage door opener has the rolling code feature the HomeLink indicator light will flash rapidly then remain on after 2 sec onds To program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver to a garage door opener with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming HomeL
374. ot be activated Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section 5 8 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off OFF The ignition switch is in the off position when the Hybrid System is turned off using the ignition switch No lights will illuminate on the ignition switch ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the Hybrid System is off ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the Hybrid System is off for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost dis charged the guide light A of the Intelligent Key port blinks and the indicator appears on the ve hicle information display See Vehicle informa tion display in
375. our vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can Q microphone location make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this sec tion Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone
376. out Navigation System A CAUTION Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed 4 24 Monitor climate audio phon
377. outing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has acti vated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of preten sioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run th
378. owel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system AWARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Settings 8 00 Volume amp Beeps Display Navigation Bluetooth Adjust navigation settings Touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Naviga tion key touch the Navigation key on the screen Touch the BACK key 2 to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 Settings gt Volume amp Beeps 8 00 Use volume knob to adjusi during playback Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow 8 to scroll down the page one item at a time
379. owered only by the traction motor Because there is no en gine noise pedestrians may not know the vehicle is moving or about to move and step into the direction of vehicle travel When you leave your vehicle be sure to turn off the Hybrid System Be sure to put the transmission in the P Park position because the vehicle can move when the READY light is on even if the engine is stopped When the READY light is on do not leave your vehicle in a shift position other than the P Park position The vehicle will creep and start abruptly if the accelerator pedal is depressed by mistake This may cause serious injury or death A CAUTION If the vehicle is parked for a long time the high voltage battery will discharge gradually To keep the high voltage bat tery in good condition drive the vehicle at least once every several months for at least 30 minutes or ten miles If the high voltage battery becomes fully dis charged and the vehicle will not start even with a jump start to the 12 volt system contact your NISSAN dealer After the 12 volt battery is discon nected run down or replaced the gasoline engine may not stop even while the vehicle is powered only by the traction motor If this condition contin ues for several days take the vehicle to your NISSAN dealer e Do not load large amounts of water in open containers aquariums or buck ets into the vehicle If the water spills onto the high voltage batt
380. pact disc will be ejected further for easier CD removal If the disc is not removed within 20 seconds the disc will reload Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Kk OPEN TILT xD FM AM SETTING 3 TUNE FOLDER Or w ee Ca E L5 J C6 pusnavno OPEN TILT button Screen tilts down to expose CD DVD insert slot 6 Ma PL Seeking button 7 Display screen 8 9 1 1 VOL ON OFF control knob DISC AUX button SETTING button XM button AUDIO button control knob 0 FM AM button Station select 1 6 buttons 1 4D button 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button Is pressed to ac cess satellite radio stations unless op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM satellite radio ser vice subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CD DVD PLAYER if so equipped For all operation precautions see Audio opera tion precautions in this section Audio main operation VOL ON OFF control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the VOL ON OFF control knob while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the VOL ON OFF control knob Turn the VOL ON OFF control kn
381. perly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer 1 48 When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Oe S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor sat ellite sensors occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring bag warning When the ignition is placed in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need se
382. pon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil com pressor oil ND OIL 11 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model QR25DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 4 cylinder in line Bore x Stroke in mm 3
383. possibly short out the high voltage battery and lead to Hybrid System failure 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid FUEL FILLER DOOR LPD0397 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located on the floor to the left of the driver s seat To open the fuel filler door pull up the release There may be a delay of up to 15 seconds before the fuel filler door will open To lock close the fuel filler door securely FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder
384. pt in an emergency The Hybrid System will turn off when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times in quick succession or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the Hybrid System turns off while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and seri ous injury When the ignition switch is pushed without de pressing the brake pedal the ignition switch po sition will illuminate as follows With the shift selector in the P Park position push the switch once to change to ACC two times to change to ON three times to return to off If the ignition switch was repeatedly pushed on and off over a short period of time the start function may not work properly Wait 20 seconds then restart the Hybrid System Starting and driving 5 7 The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to off until the shift selector is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be switched off proceed as follows 1 Move the shift selector into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the off position The shift selector can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cann
385. ptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if The amp button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel
386. r Electronically con Ready operation trolled brake warn indicator light ing light yellow Vehicle Dynamic green Control warning light 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Indicator Name Page light Security indicator 2 17 light SLIP Slip indicator light 9 17 Turn signal hazard 9 17 indicator lights Illustrated table of contents 0 9 MEMO 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DGAS cave cute can few emne vere E bekaee ee 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment a asana neee 1 2 Front power seat adjustment if so equipped for driver s seat 0005 1 4 Center armrest 0 00 cece cee eee eens 1 5 Head restais srsre erene cand ink EE die ete des 1 6 ocal Dells oe eee cence ee IAE EVAn ERSTE RE ENA ERS 1 9 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnant women occhscceclisaws ceded heise wees 1 12 Injured persons a secs eeeee sect weeeor anceeeeaes 1 12 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 12 Seat belt extenders 00 c cece ee eee 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 000 cee eee eee 1 15 Child SalCWaesapeqhenwtangenenn yen teaneineeee eres 1 16 NAAN AEE E AAE E E T ese Reka 1 16 Small CHICKEN cnicccehadaktsanteneeaderecacces 1 16 Latger Cnilorencgsaueradadeswicesseneedeiaeese 1 17 CHING restais wectccatineet ev seetaie cement eaceads 1 17 Precautions on child restraints 5 1 17 LA
387. r example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure Monitor ing System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on th
388. r towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW Maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 17 Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle i
389. r belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten It an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur chasing an extender if an extender is required AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing
390. r blades 2 04 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE OW 20 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outl
391. r with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter push the tabs and pull the unit upward AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind
392. rd and forward operations Use the or key to choose a setting time of 15 30 or 60 seconds DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number cor responding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one speci fied Display Adjust the image quality of the screen by selecting the preferred adjustment items Audio Choose the preferred language for the au dio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Choose the preferred language for the sub titles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode Title List DVD VR Choose the preferred title from the list Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Choose from the PG or PL mode 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems USB INTERFACE models without Navigation System if so equipped Connecting a device to the USB input jack The USB input jack is located in the center con sole Open the protective cover on the USB jack then insert the USB device into the jack When a compatible storage device is plugged into the jack
393. rect jack up points Never placing jack use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Turn the clamp to remove the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the e Never run the engine with a wheel s off damaged tire the ground It may cause the vehicle to move A WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change 6 4 Incase of emergency by hand Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly u
394. rent location by selecting the correct time zone key to enable that time zone indicator light will illuminate for that location Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska After selection settings select the Back key or any other mode button to accept the changes Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Settings gt Others 8 00 Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Adjust comfort amp convenience settings Others settings Select the Others key Comfort settings lan guage and units and Voice Recognition settings will be displayed Settings gt Comfort 8 00 Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock Cabin lighting when unlocking doors Comfort settings Select the Others key then select the Com fort key The Comfort settings screen will be displayed You can set the following operating conditions by selecting the key for the desired item The indica tor light box at the right of the selected item alternately turns on and off each time the item is touched Indicator light is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Comfort 8 00 CJL 45sec _ gt 3 7 Adjust head lamp on time after shut off Light Off Delay Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock Intelligent K
395. replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased Track 1 of i5 Recording CDs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For information on playing CDs see Com pact Disc CD player operation in this sec tion 2 Touch the Start REC key REC CD ap pears on the screen NOTE The system starts playing and recording the 1st track on the CD when the Start REC key is selected TUNE 3 Track 1 51 C Track Track 1 of 15 Stop REC 7 of 1s Individual tracks from a CD cannot be se lected to be recorded to the Music Box hard drive The fast forward and rewind features are disabled while the CD is recording The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard drive after the CD is recorded The system records faster than it plays Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 If the title information of the track being recorded is stored either in the hard drive or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisition from the hard drive music recog nition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote To view the details of the track touch the Text key on the screen The track name and album title are displayed on the screen If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds
396. ressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift selector to P Park 4 Turn Hybrid System OFF 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the transmission is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks f at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire 2 to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the trunk floor carpeting Remove the jack T and wheel nut wrench from the holder Lift the molded tool holder to remove the spare tire In case of emergency 6 3 Jack up point and e Use the cor
397. rference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS if so equipped will not function and the low tire pres sure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire re placement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 e Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi
398. rform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 Push and hold the power door lock switch tothe ff position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the unlock position C the door can be opened from the outside or the inside When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the out side NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmit
399. riods of time may cause a decrease in fuel economy Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift selector may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift selector button pushed It will be necessary to jump start or have your battery charged see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section Contact your NISSAN dealer or a professional towing service Starting and driving 5 13 To move the shift selector complete the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion 2 Apply the parking brake For cap removal it must be used or if it is available a plastic trim tool can be used Using a protective cloth on the tip of a3 mm screwdriver remove the shift lock release cover f available a plastic trim tool can also be used Insert the small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down Move the shift selector to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock release Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the ve hicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the trans mission as soon as possible 5 14 Starting and driving AWARNING If the shift selector cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and
400. ristic of a hybrid vehicle The regenerative braking works in the following conditions 1 When the accelerator pedal is released the Hybrid System makes electricity while the vehicle slows down during coasting 2 When the brake pedal is depressed with the shift selector in D or B Starting and driving 5 19 Hydraulic system The brake system has separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have brak ing at other wheels However the brake pedal will have to be de pressed harder and your stopping distance will increase The brake system warning light will also come on Brake actuator The brake actuator uses a pump to provide power assisted braking The brake warning light comes on if the actuator is not functioning properly The brake pedal will be hard to depress and stopping distance will increase Depress the brake pedal firmly to stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact a NISSAN dealer If the brake pedal is depressed repeatedly the brake warning light may turn on However this is normal if the light turns off after a few seconds Noise may be heard in the engine room under the following conditions This is a normal operating characteristic and does not indicate a malfunc tion When you open a door When the brake pedal is depressed firmly 5 20 Starting and driving When the brake pedal is depressed repeat edly When the Hybrid System is in the RE
401. riving at night position TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch HAZARD WARNING FLASHER HORN SWITCH The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving y g LICO394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash AWARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Instruments and controls 2 33 HEATED SEATS if so equipped The front seat
402. rmit tent operation speed will be faster 2 28 Instruments and controls 2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur er s recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir tank Do not use the windshield washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL MIRROR if so equipped SWITCH DEFROSTER SWITCH NOTE The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system These wires make up the antenna
403. rmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts See Child re straints later in this section for more information The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension AWARNING W
404. rning light in this section 12 volt battery charge warning light If this light comes on while the Hybrid System is running it may indicate the 12 volt battery charg ing system is not functioning properly See a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION The charging system may not be function ing properly if the charge warning light comes on while the Hybrid System is run ning The Hybrid System will stop operat ing when the 12 volt battery becomes dis charged Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your NISSAN dealer Electric power steering warning light AWARNING If the ignition switch is not placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is not in the READY mode the power as sist for the steering will not work Steer ing will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the Hybrid System in the READY mode there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 11 When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the power steering warning light illumi nates After the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the power steering warning light turns off This indicates the power steering system is op erational If the power steering warning light illuminates while the Hybrid System
405. rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING This vehicle has high voltage DC and AC systems as well as a 12 volt system DC and AC high voltage is very dangerous and can cause severe burns and electric shock that may result in serious injury or death e Never touch disassemble remove or replace the high voltage parts cables and their connectors High voltage cables are orange Touching disassem bling removing or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death Never try to remove the service discon nect located in the trunk on the lower right hand side The s
406. round your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before turning the Hybrid System ON Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Engine block heaters are available through NISSAN dealers to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the Hybrid System OFF 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer
407. rs remove the USB memory stick and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely The player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not leave the USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged Prepare the USB device by yourself be cause It is not equipped with the vehicle The USB device cannot be formatted with this system If you want to format the USB memory use your personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen NISSAN recommends using English lan guage characters with USB devices Do not connect the USB device if the con nector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before connecting the USB device Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in the iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If the iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on the iPod The iPod nano 1st Generation may re main in fast forward or rewind mode i
408. rvice manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Brake fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Air cleaner Fuse Fusible link box Jump start location Fuse box Inverter coolant reservoir Engine oil dipstick Radiator cap Drive belt location Engine coolant reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir EEDS TE a ee O Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corro sion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator
409. rvicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition should always be in the LOCK position when working un
410. s soon as possible If the vehicle is over heated continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section High voltage battery warning HV light This light may appear during the following condi tions The high voltage battery voltage drops due to the shift selector being left in N The Hybrid System will work properly if the shift selector is placed in P and the light goes off The high voltage battery is discharged If this light comes on when the READY light is on stop your vehicle and contact your NISSAN dealer KT Hybrid system warning light The hybrid system warning light comes on when The amount of fuel in the tank is getting low There is a problem with the traction motor or other Hybrid System components If the fuel gauge indicates the fuel level is low refill the fuel tank immediately See Fuel gauge earlier in this section After the fuel tank is filled the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the hybrid system warning light should be off If the fuel gauge indicates a sufficient fuel level or if the hybrid system warning light comes on after refilling the tank there may be a problem with the traction motor or other Hybrid System compo nents Stop your vehicle immediately and contact your NISSAN dealer KOJ Low tire pressure war
411. s the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The Malfunction Indicator Light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction Indicator Light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The SK light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction Indicator Light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The Malfunction Indicator Light may stop blinking and come on steady Hav
412. s wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations AWARNING e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sar 10 ee Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Front seat mounted side impact supplemental
413. s are warmed by built in heaters The switches are located on the center console 1 2 3 2 34 Start the Hybrid System Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off instruments and controls A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the Hybrid Sys tem is not running POWER OUTLET LIC1070 Instrument panel The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are r
414. s manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra windshield washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from a
415. s not sitting on the seat properly lf a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air ba
416. s radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key A CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby
417. s selected The audio system is turned off The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Seeking button Press the M4 side of the seeking button while a track is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the PPI side of the seeking button while a track is playing to skip to the beginning of the next track If you press and hold the 44 side of the seek ing buttonorthe PP side of the seeking button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds the track will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the M4 side of the seeking button or the PPI side of the seeking button is released the track will return to the normal playing speed TUNE FOLDER knob The TUNE FOLDER knob skips from album to album unless it is playing All Songs from the Music Library menu When playing All Songs the TUNE FOLDER knob changes the track in stead of the album The upper right corner of the screen indicates if the TUNE FOLDER knob is changing by track or album Music Box gt Menu Edit Music Information Music Box Settings 1 6 Music Box menu There are some options available during play back Select the Menu key then select one of the following that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item e Now Playing Lists the tracks stored in the Music Box system Touch the name of the track to begin playing that track Music Library Lists
418. s the abdo men The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certi fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around
419. s to eliminate the T surrounding noises traffic noises vibration a nioamaion sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor F Audio rectly Alternate Command Mode ON When the climate control is in the AUTO To exit hold the TALK switch mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Giving voice commands 2 A list of commands appears on the screen Speak in a natural voice without pausing p i he amp ee d and the system announces Please say a between words 1 Press and release the w switch locate command from the displayed list or say Help on the steering wheel to show all commands 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to B speak a command 4 Once a command is recognized the system will announce the recognized command and perform the requested action If the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice after the tone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 Operating tips Say a command after the tone Voice com mands cannot be accepted when the icon iS If the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice Press the amp switch on the steering wheel to return to the previous screen If you want to cancel
420. s within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load 9 18 Technical and consumer information To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross Trailer Weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including
421. seeking button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 8 00 Q iPod gt Artists Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first letter To activate letter index ing touch and hold the page up down arrows on the touchscreen To exit the scrolling by letter mode perform one of the following Push the ENTER switch on the steering wheel Do not touch the controls for 2 seconds MUSIC BOX HARD DRIVE AUDIO SYSTEM if so equipped The Music Box Hard Drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity and can record up to 200 hours approximately 2 900 songs The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box Hard Drive audio system CDs without MP3 WMA files Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA speci fication in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard disk NOTE If the hard drive needs to be
422. shift selector to the P Park position and apply the parking brake AWARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the head phones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death A CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liq uids may cause the system to malfunction While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee com plete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Playing a DVD Inserting Ejecting the DVD The CD DVD insert slot is located behind the display screen To insert the DVD press the OPEN TILT button on the audio unit The display screen will automatically move down to expose the CD DVD insert slot Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side facing up The DVD will be guided automatically into the slot and begin play ing To return the display screen to its upright position after the DVD is inserted press the OPEN TILT button again T
423. sition before the READY light comes on indicating the Hybrid Sys tem is activated ABS o voc SLIP Instruments and controls 2 9 The following light comes on briefly and then goes off A If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS For additional information on warnings and indi cators see Vehicle information display later in this section ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates After the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the ABS warning light turns off If the ABS warning light illuminates while the Hybrid System is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates 2 10 Instruments and controls normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the Starting and driving sec tion BRAKE or O Brake warning light red This light preforms the following functions for the parking brake and brake systems Parking brake indicator Low brake fluid warning light Hydraulic brake system warning light Parking brake indicator When the ignition s
424. ssure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Master warning light This light comes on when various vehicle infor mation display warnings appear Kh Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and suppleme
425. ste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by amp Bluetooth Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon and Clarion XM Radio requires subscription sold separately after first 90 days Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2009 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrum
426. straint system section of this manual HO High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Low temperature indicator light blue The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the low temperature indicator light illu minates and then turns off after the engine cool ant has warmed up If the low temperature indicator light stays illumi nated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up it may indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing Have the sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly 2 16 Instruments and controls SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction Indicator Light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the Hybrid System is in READY mode it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The Malfunction Indicator Light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trip
427. system Is ready to accept voice commands If the amp switch is pressed before the initializa tion completes voice commands will not be ac cepted Please wait until the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition initialization is completed BEFORE STARTING To get the best recognition performance from Voice Recognition observe the following The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vi bration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural conversational voice with out pausing between words lf the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems GIVING VOICE COMMANDS 1 Pressthe amp ing wheel switch located on the steer 8 00 Sdo u Phone 4J Navigation Voice Recognition 4j Information j Audio To exit hold the TALK switch 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from G tB a command 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your
428. system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and stat
429. t The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety Child Restraint and Booster Seats sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster se
430. t properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity
431. t dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components
432. t notches Lock knob Stalks Release knob Ch LRS0888 LRS0889 Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of the seat occupant s ears Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the ad justable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob and release knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches 1 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant
433. t rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Mi crosoft Corporation of the USA 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FOLDER MP3 or WMA Playback order chart WHA1078 Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Specific
434. tem Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label located
435. test amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with inform
436. th the road surface but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering opera tion at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the Traction Control System may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs bushings and wheels are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the Traction Control System may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may come on If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the Traction Control System may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may come on The Traction Control System is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve hicle motion Under certain driving situations the system will control braking and engine output to help keep the vehicle on its steered path When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks lf the SLIP indicator bli
437. than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane 5 6 Starting and driving If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a
438. that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system Displaying user guide 176 If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con 1 Press the INFO button on the instrument tains basic instructions and tutorials for several panel voice commands 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key NOTE You can skip steps 1 to 3 by pressing the 4 4 switch and saying Help 4 Select the User Guide key 5 Select an item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 Available items Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the Voice Recognition system Let s Practice Initiates a practice session that demon strates how to improve voice recognition by the system Using the Address Book Tutorial for using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Tutorial for entering a destination by street address Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Information gt User Guide 8 00 Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you TALK can use voice commands to switch control na
439. the Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port 8 allows you to start the engine Make sure the Intelligent Key is placed in the correct direc tion The front side faces upward and the key ring side faces downward as illustrated To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the LOCK position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator replace the battery as soon as possible See Battery replace ment in the Maintenance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the Intelligent Key port Do ing sO may cause damage to the equipment Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the wrong direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer system will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart
440. the select button is pressed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side up The compact disc is automatically pulled into the slot and starts to play If the radio is already operating it automatically turns off and the compact disc begins to play CD button When the CD button is pressed with a compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio turns off and the last used compact disc starts to play vy lv TUNE FF REW Fast Forward Rewind button When the TUNE FF REW button 4 or Y is pressed while the compact disc is playing the compact disc plays at an increased speed while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc returns to normal play speed A When 4 is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track following the present one starts to play from the beginning Press 4 several times to skip several tracks Each time the button is pressed the CD ad vances 1 additional track The track number ap
441. the songs in the Music Library Tracks can be searched by Album Artist or Genre Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 Music Box gt Music Library 8 00 Music Box gt My Playlists PlayList1 PlayList2 PlayList3 PlayList4 PlayList5 e My Playlists Displays the playlists stored in the system Touch the Edit key next to a playlist to perform the following operations for that playlist Add Current Song adds the song cur rently playing to the playlist Add Songs by Album adds songs to the playlist by album Add Songs by Artist adds songs to the playlist by artist Edit Song Order edits the order of the songs in the playlist 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box gt My Playlists Delete Songs 1 6 Edit Name changes the name of the playlist Delete Songs deletes songs from the playlist The Transfer Missing Titles to USB and Up Music Box gt Play Mode Music Box gt Edit Music Information 8 00 date Gracenote from HDD options can be used to update the titles of songs in the Music Library aral ON Edit Information of Current Song Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for detailed A i To Edit information by Abun instructions on how to update the Gracenote m Repea i i u P Edit Information by Album database 1 Track Repeat ON Update Gracenote from USB Device 1 Album Random ON Transf
442. the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone
443. tion op erates only when the Hybrid System is in the READY mode Even if the Hybrid Rear defrost button System is in the READY mode the cool Front windshield defrost button ing function will not operate if the high Fan speed dial system OFF button voltage battery becomes discharged Air recirculation button A C ON OFF button AUTO button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Push the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for the READY light to illuminate then oper ate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling or heating auto This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a con stant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Turn the driver s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired t
444. tly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light BRAKE or Brake warning light red 12 volt battery charge warning light Electric power steering warning light Electronically controlled brake warning light yellow Engine oil pressure warning light High temperature warning light red High voltage battery warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the Hybrid System The following lights will come on Hybrid System warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Seat belt warning light and chime 2 Supplemental air bag warning light VDC Vehicle Dynamic Control warning light Electronically controlled Continuously Variable Transmission eCVT position indicator light Front passenger air bag status light BRAKE SERVICE 1 rO tj PS ob A A ENGINE 1 SOON 1 High beam indicator light blue O F Low temperature indicator light blue ail SERVICE ENGINE SOON Malfunction Indicator Light MIL READY Ready operation indicator light green Security indicator light SLIP Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights The following lights come on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON po
445. to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMIT TED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you vio late these restrictions If your license terminates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote MusiclD Service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusiclD ser vice to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote MusiclD Service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote
446. to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use t
447. to turn the engine block heater on 6 Before turning the Hybrid System ON un plug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts Starting and driving 5 25 MEMO 5 26 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency PlaWhe cat E E E E E E 6 2 JUMP Aa 2 Hees os nehe NEENA EAEE eee 6 7 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 PUSH SAWING edu rie onckterncndeceecidoteveawecoedse 6 10 Changing a falie iceceensersae deen oaweeucadeen 6 2 If your vehicle overheats 0 2 0 cece cece eee ees 6 10 Hybrid system stops operating while driving 6 6 TOi E ene s 8 11 Vehicle does not start 0 c cece eee eee 6 7 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 12 Confirm battery is discharged 05 6 7 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 13 Emergency SIT ein dimacnewend wee ecuetis cade gute 6 7 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights
448. tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the PG position Turn the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 31 AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 2 32 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument cluster illuminates when the igni tion switch Is placed in the ON position The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the AUTO PO or 2 Turn the control left or right to adjust the bright ness of the instrument panel lights when d
449. towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could ad versely affect vehicle handling braking and per formance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from imprope
450. ture can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci dent and could result in serious per sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for chang
451. unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION SS 2 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle in
452. upplemental restraint SYSTEM s s sora em e a e SER RR ERE e 1 34 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Programmable features aaou aaa aa 4 6 Push starting s s s we ye Soe ae a a 6 10 R Radio Car phone orCBradio 4 85 FM AM radio with compact disc CD player wb ee ee ee 4 38 FM AM SAT radio with CD DVD player FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD players ces cac eatee PG aana 4 42 Readiness for inspection maintenance M test 4 lt 2 4424460 b eda ee ee 9 95 Rear power windows 2 41 Rear window and outside mirror defroster EWIG 6 2 A adan eo ee ee a A a 2 29 RearView Monitor 4 13 Recorders Eventdata 2004 9 25 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 6 Child seat belts 1 17 1 23 1 28 1 31 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Child safely s es ops 2 oh Sm ode oe 1 16 Infants and small children 1 16 Injured Person 50 uid amp wee ee a 1 12 Larger children a aooaa 1 17 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 9 Pregnant women aaau aaa 1 12 Seat belt extenders 1 15 Seat belt maintenance 1 15 Seatbelts 000000 es 1 9
453. upport driver s seat CENTER ARMREST Push the front or rear end of the switch up or The lumbar support feature provides lower back Pull the armrest down until it is horizontal down to adjust the angle and height of the seat support to the driver Move the switch forward or cushion backward to adjust the seatback lumbar area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 HEAD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Head restraints supplement the other ve hicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in cer tain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re moved If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head re straint before an occupant uses the seat ing position Failure to follow these in structions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints All of the head restraints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Components 1 2 3 4 5 Head restraint Adjustmen
454. ur ized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift selector to P Park Do not turn the Hybrid System off 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn the Hybrid System off Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine and or inverter stand clear to pre vent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run turn the Hybrid System off AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine or engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine and inverter cools down check the coolant level in the engine and inverter coolant reservoir tank with the en gine running
455. us light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some Sit upright and well back conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front passenger air bag and status light later in t
456. ust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and fo
457. ut ton then select Volume amp Beeps You can also adjust the volume of an incoming voice during a call by pushing the volume control switch on the steering wheel or by turning the volume control knob on the instrument panel 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this ve hicle such as phone and vehicle information There are two voice recognition modes of opera tion available They are Standard Mode Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode the factory default setting commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system Not all NISSAN Voice Recognition options are available while in Standard Mode For advanced operation you can change to an Alternate Command Mode that enables the op eration of the display audio and climate control through NISSAN Voice Recognition When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK switch on the steering wheel and the voice com mand menu prompts are turned off In Alternate Command Mode the recognition success rate may be affected because the num ber of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased See NISSAN V
458. ute after pressing the 1 button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for 15 seconds when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting for 15 seconds by performing one of the following op erations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening windows if so equipped The Intelligent Key allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simulta neously To open the windows press the but ton on the Intelligent Key longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Releasing the trunk lid Press the button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the trunk lid The trunk release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the trunk cancel switch is in the OFF position See Cancel switch in this section Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 1 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The pa
459. ute intervals The displayed values on the screen indicate gen eral driving conditions Accuracy varies with driv ing habits and road conditions 1 Regenerated energy in the past 30 minutes The regenerated energy in the past 30 min utes is indicated with symbols One symbol indicates 50 watt hours The energy of 50 watt hours illuminates a 50 watt bulb for an hour 2 Fuel consumption in the past 30 minutes Fuel consumption in the past 30 minutes is displayed 3 Current fuel consumption Latest column The current fuel consumption is calculated and displayed based on distance and fuel consumption NOTE Information shown in the yellow column means current within 5 minutes and infor mation shown in the blue columns means past more than 5 minutes STARTING THE HYBRID SYSTEM Place the ignition switch in the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch when the transmission is in the P Park position to start the Hybrid System The READY light illuminates indicating that the vehicle is ready to be driven If the ambient tem perature is low the READY may flash and may take time until the READY light stays on For details see Starting the Hybrid System in the Starting and driving section of this manual As long as the READY light remains on you can drive your vehicle using the traction motor even though the gasoline engine may not be running EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE
460. ve the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING AWARNING If the Hybrid System is not in the READY mode or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate When the power steering warning light illuminates with the Hybrid System in the READY mode there will be no power assist for the steering You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate Have the power steering system checked by a NISSAN dealer The power steering system is designed to pro vide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced This is to prevent over heating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged While the power assist is reduced steering wheel operation will become heavy When the temperature of the power steer ing system goes down the power assist level will return to normal Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat
461. venience systems to their default settings Settings gt Language amp Units 8 00 Select Language English Select Units US Language amp Units Select the Language amp Units key Select the key of the setting you wish to change Settings gt Select Language 8 00 Select Language Select the English key or the Fran ais key to change the language shown on the display If you select the Fran ais key French language will be displayed so please use the French Own er s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual please see Owner s Manual Service Manual Or der Information in the Technical and consumer information section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Select Units Select the US mi F MPG key or the Metric km C L 100 km key to change the units shown on the display Voice Recognition For Voice Recognition settings refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition system in this section Navigation settings Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for information regarding these set tings Audio settings For audio settings refer to Audio System in this section Phone settings For phone settings refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System in this section Bluetooth settings For Bluetooth phone settings refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone
462. vigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone Getting started Before using the Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use com mands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Tutorials on the operation of the Voice Rec ognition system If you choose Finding a Street Address Using the Address Book or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using Voice Recognition 8 00 Information gt User Guide This test will analyze your speech The system will prompt you to say a phone number After you say the number the system will provide feedback to improve voice recongniticn When you are ready push the TALK switch When you are ready push the Talk switch LHA1327 Let s Practice The system is equipped with a tutorial that allows you to practice saying commands and receive feedback on the volume speed and timing of your speech 8 00 Ps m 836 623 Digits were not recognized correctly Please check analysis of your speech for possible improvements Soft Good Loud Information gt User Guide Volume of voice Slow Good Fast Spee
463. vised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict Insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 27 MEMO 9 28 Technical and consumer information 10 Index 12 volt battery aca 5 amp ee we ee ee a 8 15 A Air bag See supplemental restraint system 1 34 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbagsystem 005 1 42 Air bag warning light 1 49 2 15 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner service 4 22 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 20 Servicing air conditioner 4 292 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 25 Anchor point locations 1221 AMENNA sce 4 o Ge Sh Se ane woo Bo 4 85 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 21 AMMOSIS 2 004 2 2555 Sea hae es Bee 1 5 Audible reminders pes Audio system 2 ee ee es 4 22
464. ward in direction 3 to the desired position Lock the wheel by releasing the lever and ensure that the lever has returned to its original position AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driv er s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing the sun visor to the side 3 Slide the extension sun visor if so equipped in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover Some vanity mirrors are illuminated and turn on when the mirror Cover is open 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The night position reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles beh
465. will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law 9 26 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genu
466. witch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the light warns of a low brake fluid level Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If the brake fluid level is correct see Hydraulic brake system warning light in this section Hydraulic brake system warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode the light warns that the hydraulic brake system is not functioning properly If the brake warning light comes on with the parking brake not applied when the Hybrid System is in READY position perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer If the hydraulic brake warning light comes on when the parking brake is not applied and the electronically controlled brake system warning light also comes on stop the vehicle immedi ately and call a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light
467. with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed AWARNING The engine may start at any time with out warning when the ignition is on and the Hybrid System is in the READY mode When Jump starting keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from fans belts and any other parts that can move to avoid personal injury If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water In case of emergency 6 7 1 Locate the fusible link box behind the engine air cleaner 2 Push the tab in and lift up to remove the lid and expose the remote positive battery terminal Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any ot
468. with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or same design Using the wrong battery can cause hydrogen gas to build up in the vehicle which could lead to an ex plosion and personal injury When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry e Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener children 1 Auto tensioner pulley ated by the battery is explosive Do not 2 Water pump allow battery fluid to contact your skin JUMP STARTING 3 Idler pulley ne ci ee a pie oh ated If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting 4 Crankshaft your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands _ the In case of emergency section of this AWARNING If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medi cal attention manual If the Hybrid System does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be re placed Contact a NISSAN dealer Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine
469. with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qua
470. wned by Div Inc used for a lossy compres sion of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is standard file format originated by Mi crosoft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However all avi files are not playable on this system since different encodings can be used other than the DivX codec e ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Requirements for Supporting Video Playback CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory CD CD R CD RW DVD ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 DVD R DVD RW DVD RW ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported File Systems DL Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 Video Codecs DivX3
471. ximately The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or Carry the Intelligent Key with you knob placed in the LOCK position 3 seconds and all the doors unlock trunk When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately The Intelligent Key is inaide the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver s side instrument panel the hood springs up slightly 2 Lift the lever at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 Remove the support rod from the clamp 4 Insert the support rod into the hole on the passenger s side of the hood When closing the hood return the hood rod to its original position Lower the hood approximately 12 inches 80 cm above the latch and release it This allows proper engagement of the hood latch 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood TRUNK LID LPD0394 OPENER OPERATION AWARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Startin
472. y each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly apa noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook in this section phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop y
473. ype brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 e oo If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse th
474. ypes of coolant solu tions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent may damage the inverter cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHECKING INVERTER COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine and inverter are cold If the cool ant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the inverter cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself CHANGING INVERTER COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the inverter cool ant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in inverter overheating AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the in verter is hot e Never remove the cap when the inverter is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the inverter coolant reservoir Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on

Nissan 2009 Titan Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents